Insidious Meme

Justice vs Law – 04-11-2024

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The text discusses various contemporary social issues, touching on the dichotomy between law and justice, and exploring societal reactions to perceived injustices. It highlights incidents that are seen as manifestations of 'street justice', where people take the law into their own hands, reflecting a deep mistrust in the formal legal system to deliver justice. The author provides a somewhat apocalyptic vision of future societal breakdowns, predicting major conflicts and upheaval in several countries, attributing these to a clash between natives and migrants, which he describes in stark, often racial, terms.

The predictions include violent street battles reminiscent of historical conflicts, suggesting a cycle of violence returning. He claims that these events will radically transform social order and significantly impact younger generations. The narrative is interspersed with personal anecdotes and observations, enhancing the prophetic tone while discussing a variety of global issues including governance, migration, and societal violence.

#Justice #Law #Society #Conflict #Violence #Migration #Predictions #SocialOrder #StreetJustice #LegalSystem #Europe #USA #RacialTensions #Migrants #Natives #FutureGenerations #GlobalUnrest #CulturalClashes #StreetBattles #HistoricalCycles #YouthImpact #PropheticWarnings #Apocalyptic #Governance #Anarchy #MilitaryIntervention #Lawlessness #CivilUnrest #Survival #SelfDefense #CommunityResponse #Emergency #RadicalChange #Security #Transformation

Key Takeaways:
  • Society faces potential violent upheavals due to unresolved tensions between natives and migrants.
  • Street justice may increase as trust in the legal system wanes.
  • The predicted conflicts could radically alter social orders and impact younger generations significantly.
  • Racial and cultural tensions are central themes in the predicted scenarios.
  • The author suggests that law and justice are not synonymous, with true justice often not achieved through formal legal systems.
  • Predictions include severe and widespread societal and racial conflicts across Europe and the USA.
  • Military interventions may play a critical role in controlling or exacerbating these conflicts.
  • The narrative warns of a dystopian future where vigilante justice becomes more commonplace due to failures in the justice system.
  • Concerns are raised about the impact of these events on the psychological health of future generations, especially children.
  • The discourse is heavily imbued with a sense of impending drastic change, urging preparedness for extreme scenarios.
Predictions:
  • Violent clashes between natives and migrants in various countries, especially in Europe and the USA.
  • Major societal and cultural upheavals globally, with a radical transformation of the social order.
  • Significant transformations in social structures impacting future generations, with potential long-term psychological effects.
  • Increased instances of street justice and vigilante actions as public trust in formal legal systems deteriorates.
  • Potential military interventions to control rising violence and lawlessness within nations.
  • Predictions of severe racial and cultural conflicts, possibly leading to large-scale violence and even massacres.
  • Forecast of societal breakdowns that may lead to periods of intense street battles reminiscent of historical conflicts.
  • The emergence of lawless zones where formal governance may fail and be replaced by local forms of justice.
  • Anticipation of severe economic disruptions, including potential market crashes and financial instability.
  • Warnings of upcoming catastrophic events, described as being so severe they could be remembered as marking a significant historical period.
  • Predictions of extreme political measures, such as the banning of dual citizenships or ownership restrictions based on nationality.
  • Forecasts of a major shift in geopolitical power structures and alliances, with specific countries facing internal and external pressures.
  • Predictions of assassinations or executions of high-profile individuals linked to global controversies and conspiracies.
Key Players:
  • President Donald Trump (mentioned as Trump as CIC, which stands for Commander in Chief)
  • Bill Gates
  • Klaus Schwab
  • Justin Trudeau (mentioned simply as Trudeau)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • SOC (Self-Organizing Collective)
  • Israeli Rabbinical Council
  • Joe (in reference to "Joe's dream")
  • Whoopi Goldberg
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Justice vs Law - 04-11-2024

Hello humans. Hello humans. We're in the sand car here. It's like a little after eight, like 815 or something on Thursday the 11 April.

Got some good coffee and we're heading down to do a bit of shopping and paying some contractor people. I say we because it's the dog and I, so we may get some little bit of disruption here, barking wise.

Very cold. We usually have cold aprils here on the beach anyway, but you know, we're getting into 34 on the beach at night, so pretty cold.

Alright? So I'm having to move tons of computer equipment and do all kinds of stuff like that. Got all kinds of physical labor kind of stuff I've got to get done. And that's really cut into my schedule for other activities.

I have a few more appointments in these in this coming month inland, some distance away from the coast. So I'll be able to make some more audios, but they're going to be a little irregular because the schedule is not under my control. So we'll, we'll see. Hang on a second. There we go.

Anyway, I wanted to talk about victims. Okay, so we're coming into. All right, so let me back up. There is a law and then there's justice. And the two are not the same, okay?

And in my way of thinking, you can, if you work very diligently, achieve justice out of law, okay? But it's not guaranteed and it's not usual. In the normal course of events, justice occurring out of law is at an emotional level, weaker, okay? At an emotional level on the individuals involved, but also the general population. Justice that emerges out of law is weaker than justice that emerges out of populace.

And so we see this the other day with, there's a video being circulated now. It's on bitchute and it shows a guy in New York City, a black man, bashing an asian woman in the head. And this black man immediately gets set upon by three or four guys. And then it turns out to be about maybe ten or twelve. Over the course of events, everybody takes a shot at him.

They knock him down and eventually knock him out. And everybody comes along and kicks him or punches him or whatever, right? And so that is street justice. He committed a crime. It offended the social body around him.

The toxic males, the protectors of the social order, took action and it was done. It was over. Now, would he ever have been prosecuted? Probably not. And so law would have yielded no justice whatsoever.

This was instant street justice, instant vigilante justice, that kind of thing. Now imagine this same situation of this for whatever motivation, this black man runs on up and bashes an asian woman in the head in a state where there is licensed concealed carry or open carry, and the justice level will be swift, there won't be a need for bashing people. And you'll have to call for a John Wick style dinner reservation. Right? You'll have to call someone to come and clean up the mess, take the body away.

That is coming. I think we're within 40 days or so of that, right? Really? It's about 36 according to the data sets I'm looking at now. But of course, timing on those is questionable at best.

But in any event, it is coming. We're seeing this generalized trend of increasing social justice and reaction this way. And so it was assault when he hit her, when that guy just came on up and bashed her in the head, that was assault. So a crime indeed was committed, but there was no formality or anything. But now we have justice meted out, and the guy essentially very much paid for his crime.

And so look at England. All right, so in England, one of the videos coming out now is of mobs of migrants, okay? Invaders. Mobs of them that are throwing shit at the police. And the police are just not really reacting.

They're just sort of taking a defensive posture near a building and basically taking it all. And so this is a country on the very verge of lawlessness. And so maybe it will be the case of it will start in England and not Sweden. Our data sets had said that the actual war between the natives and the invaders would begin in Sweden. But, you know, maybe technically we can say it's already happened because the Swedes have had to move the military in to quell the gang violence in some of the ghettos, where the invaders from Ethiopia and Somalia had taken over the territory, displaced all of the native population, and are living in a closed ghetto situation where there were gang wars going on and the military had to come involved and be involved.

That technically could be the start of this in Sweden, but in any event. So it'll get to England, it'll get to Ireland. We will see street battles, okay? Like 1870s in New York used to have street battles between the Irish and the Italians and blacks. And they would be big mobs, you know, several hundreds of.

Of people out there fighting several hundreds of men on each side with various kinds of weapons used to go on out in these battles in the east coast cities, a lot of them in New York. And we'll see that again. This time we'll be seeing it coming out of Ireland and England and the street battles in England, I don't know how they're going to go. Right? But in Ireland, it looks like the Irish are going to be fierce enough that there will be a great slaughter of brown and black skinned people in Ireland.

Like, a great slaughter. They're going to kill them and just leave them in the street. In fact, it's going to get even worse than that, because some of my data sets suggest that we're going to have, like, these warning signs. Okay, so in the past, when there was vast quantities of chaos and stuff in Europe and you were attacked, the village would repel the attack. They would kill a bunch of the invaders, and then after it was all done, they would go on out and they'd hang the invaders from trees.

The dead invaders hung from trees by their feet and just left there to hang as a warning to others. We're going to see that again. Okay, so we're going to see areas that will be decorated with dead brown and black people. In Europe, it's going to get really ugly, and that ugliness is coming here to the United States, and we will have many, many, many months of this. All right?

So maybe we will have maybe. Okay, so there's different. You can categorize it in different phases, but maybe our upcoming period is going to last three years of street violence. Okay? But there will be a period of, like, seven or eight months of it that will be like Saigon in the last days.

So it's going to be seriously disturbing to people and very seriously disrupting. There's a real possibility we won't go that route, but that's going to depend on our socket and our self organizing collective that's back there behind all of the Q stuff that supports Trump as CIC, all of this kind of stuff, right? Our continuity in government. So now that could kick in, and if we have a large enough core of loyal military, it could shorten this period of chaos and maybe even eliminate it. If the military gets out there and starts rounding up people in a mass deportation effort and goes through all of that kind of chaos and histrionics, then that will short circuit the need, basically, the need for the populace to do it itself.

So it's indeterminate at this stage as to which route it would go. But the amount of release language and building tension, language associated with dealing with the migrants will escalate and to cover, and it covers either condition. So that escalation of violence could be the government being violent, or it could be the populace. It'll be against the invaders. It's going to get, like I say, very ugly.

We will see a radically transformed social order over the next ten years, and it'll be radically transformed at the core, key levels in generations. So the generation z, I guess they call them, right? That generation and the one that follows it are going to be severely impacted, altered, changed by what they're going to go through over these next five years. Right? It changes you to see people did when you're five years old, to see battles in the streets and that kind of thing.

So we're all Gaza now. We're all Gazans now. And the Elohim, the israeli rabbinical council in Tel Aviv has ordered the immigrants, the invaders, to attack us and seize our country. And so we're going to fight back. Now, the good news for me is that the data sets show that a lot of the people that are responding to this attack, the SAHK especially, are going to be very pragmatic and deliberate and will deliberately target the Elohim worship cult.

They'll deliberately target rabbis. So the rabbinical councils everywhere in the USA right now are under military intelligence observation. Many of them, not the councils, but many of the synagogues and stuff have been infiltrated and are being intensely watched. Okay? So this is not news to them.

They know this is going on. You just don't know it. But it's going to get that. It's going to get that deep, right? So there will be rabbis, you know, pedophiles, enforcers for the Elohim worship cult, whatever you want to call them.

These organized criminals will flee the United States as this shit erupts. Now, my data sets from way back when, like 2006 and 2007, were pointing out that we would have periods of time where whole jewish enclaves were under attack. And it's difficult to sort out the data. You get all different kinds of confusing stuff, and it's only in hindsight that you can say, oh, look, you know, it went this way, not that way. But the language described both in sort of a, you know, it covered both of these developing situations, and it could have gone either way.

And so in this case, we will have a tax, but it could be that we're. We're not having mobs of invaders triggered by the palestinian genocide that the Israelis are carrying out, but rather could be military rounding up criminals within these jewish enclaves. Right? And so we can't tell from the data sets. All it says is, you know, that there's going to be people going and attacking housing subdivisions and areas where there are ensconced, or we might even think of as, like, armored jewish organizations.

And it'll be the organization that will be the target and that it will cause the disruption of these jewish enclaves. So it could be that we're going to have mobs of people out there running around deliberately attacking jewish housing complexes and subdivisions and stuff in more jewish areas in the east coast, or it could be that there are going to be targeted hits in the rounding up and the exportation, you know, the expulsion of these criminal rabbis. If they get rounded up by the military, I don't know that they're going to be expelled. Right? So a lot of them are going to go to jail.

And that's why I think once that starts, a lot will. Many of them will flee rather than hang around and wait to be arrested.

Could be quite chaotic. And this will last all through this year, the rest of this year, and into 2025.

The level of disruption at this stage, anything we say is going to have a tendency to minimize it. Okay? There's going to be quite disrupting at all different kinds of levels. So we'll see some of these people. All right?

So because of who is being targeted and the structure of our social order in this, because of the Elohim worship cult and its control over businesses and stuff through the jewish community, we're going to see a large amount of business disruption. So people will flee to Israel who own businesses in the United States. And then we'll have non jewish senators and representatives who will put forth laws, bills in which will say, oh, you can't be a dual citizen, and you can't be a dual citizen of the United States with Israel. But even beyond that, we'll have things saying, no Israeli can own a business that operates in the United States. And so Israelis will have to have, like, special permission for their business to do business with us.

It's going to get that weird that I expect maybe 2026, 2027, as things really come out, as to what's been happening. So it's going to take us a couple of years to get out and really name names. But we're getting into it now as we get into Falkey and some of these other people being arrested and prosecuted. Holy shit.

Almost killed him.

He was trying to pass. He was a motorcycle going, like, fast anyway, but he was trying to pass a line of about nine cars anyway. So we're getting into this period here where it's going to pop off. And so I'm thinking it's within. We're within 38 days of the pop off point.

Sometime in these next 38 days, which brings us up to about mid May, we're going to have an incident that will spark other incidents, and then we're off and running. It's going to be really weird. It's not going to be like everybody's going to pull guns out and start shooting on the same day. But once the shooting starts, it's not going to stop for a number of years, intermittently. It'll be taking the news.

Right. And of course, you're, you know, Whoopi Goldberg is good at just shit herself with the, you know, number of incidents going down and the way in which it goes down. So you're going to see a huge reaction to all of these events within the dying mainstream media for these next few months that will, of course, you just have to, you know, it's got to be the opposite of whatever they're saying, and you're covered. Right. You understand it?

Look, they're sasquatches. Yes.

So, like I say, gonna be fairly interesting that way.

I've got a lot of data sets here, a lot more data than usual because of an arrangement I had made with some people that are outside our country and outside of the purview of the Elohim worship cult and their effect on things. Anyway, so the data sets are suggesting that July 15 or 16th, it's going to be a UFO episode. More language than you personally experiencing a UFO. You'll experience it vicariously through someone else videoing it, and then all the language and discussion, discussion about it. 15th or 16, July.

Whatever occurs on that date, though, is indicated within the data sets to be a temporal marker, a precursor, indicating that we're going to have these. The riots that have long been forecast, and they'll be showing up in August. Now, these may be fake riots engendered by the Democrats. I just don't know. They're saying the data sets are still describing it as a food riot kind of a situation.

Desperate need desperate people, that kind of thing that then liberates, accidentally liberates documents and understandings about UFO's. Hang on a second.

Got a butt head here driving right on my bumper.

So I don't know what his issue is, but I have to be aware that there are stalkers and people out to get me. So anyway, just on that note, you know, just fair warning, people, I'm always armed, and I'm an old man, so I can't afford to fuck around. I got to take you down as far away from me as possible, because I really don't want to have to risk injuring my body beating the shit out of you. Right. So I'll just, I'll put you down at, you know, however far away you are.

100ft, 30ft, whatever.

Okay, so, hila, it's hell to have to live that way, people, you know, a car comes on up and it's too close to you. Is it just some guy with his own little road rage issues going? Or is it one of these fucking jewish stalkers? And by the way, with it, with one exception, every single one of the stalkers I've had, we've had six so far have been jewish. Now, you know, riddle me that.

How has that happened? Jews are less than 2% of this country. I can't. But of course, I'm pissing them off more than anybody, so that really makes sense at that level.

I've heard that the rabbis think that, oh, well, I won't go into that anyway, though. So. So July 15, some kind of an event? 15th, 16th, I think maybe that's a Sunday. I don't know.

I'll have to go and look on a calendar. But there were data sets, again, indicating that we've got, I mean, it's getting into the day level. So, for instance, our crash in the market is going to be a black Tuesday, okay? Not a black Monday. No, it's not going to take down kryptos.

No, it's not going to take down gold and silver. You know, Joe's dream is Joe's dream, but it's not reality. So anyway, we'll have a black Tuesday. I think it's in May, and I think that's when we get our, the market oscillating, the stock market, NAsdaq, that kind of shit, right? It oscillates up and then crashes.

And that either liberates all of the information about rehypothecation, or the rehypothecation itself causes the crash. You can't tell, right? They're just temporally coincident.

And then, okay, so July 1516, something happens about a month, and five or six days later, we get a brouhaha, which is described by the data sets in such a way that I'm taking it to be a riot. It liberates some documents, and, or there are documents liberated at that time. I mean, it doesn't necessarily mean that the documents are actually coming out of the center of the riot, although they could, we just don't know. But it could be that, you know, at the same time we get these particular riots, we have, you know, Congress releasing a bunch of UFO documents that would satisfy the conditions. So.

But in any event, so it's going to be very event filled summer and lead us into a very serious fucking fall. Now, we now have built into the cake. I shouldn't even use that word, but we now have built into our future. We have famine. Okay?

So there will be areas, large areas, with no harvest this year because of what the Elohim worship calls has done in the destruction of the farms and so on. Now, I think that's what will have Bill Gates be executed. All right? So I think that Bill Gates is going to be assassinated along with a couple of these other people. He's going to be killed.

I don't know if it's going to be an execution or an assassination or what, but we're going to see this kind of thing over these next couple of years. Klaus Schwab, all of these kind of guys are in real deep shit because as this stuff pops off the. The sock, the self organizing collective is savvy enough not to waste our time with the minions. And they're gonna go right after the people on the top. So, you know, there will be orders given from the Elohim worship cult, and they'll say, go off and do this and do that.

Create this chaos and so on. And when the chaos happens, there will be people that will understand this as a temporal marker. And then those people, part of the sock, will go off and assassinate the Elohim worship cult people. And we're not talking just in Austria or Switzerland or wherever. We're talking about full on assault on them all over.

And so this will be part of the period of time when we have the attacks on the synagogues and all of that. So when Klaus Schwab releases it, he wants the attacks on the synagogues, because that's going to favor his program. Right. But what he's not prepared for is this response at the level of the individuals taking out the actual mother wefers themselves. Right?

We know who they are. Wouldn't surprise me to see people like Trudeau targeted. And, you know, all of these people that are listed in the Elohim or listed in the mother weapons, young leaders thing, right? And they're. They're just going to be.

They were so stupid to put their. Their faces out there and do it that way. Anyway, I've got to get the dog out here, and then I've got to go and do my chores. Maybe I can do another one of these on the way back. It's interesting.

And disrupted day. Major clam dig here, all kinds of stuff going on, and it's supposed to rain. You know you had huge chem trailing yesterday. Couldn't believe the number of layers they put up there. And remember, guys, stay safe.

If you can't stay safe, be deadly. And we're coming up to it, guys. So anyway, so keep looking up. May is chemtrail awareness month.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Propagandists Shuffle Danz – 04-11-2024

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The document provided is a verbose monologue that combines various conspiracy theories with predictions of societal upheaval and systemic collapse. The speaker delves into a future where the mainstream media, global elites, and various institutions are accused of manipulating societal events for sinister purposes. This narrative is deeply entrenched in suspicion and mistrust towards traditional power structures, including the media, government, and international organizations like the World Economic Forum (WEF).

The speaker discusses the concept of "hypernovelty," which they describe as a state where traditional media is challenged by unexpected global events that force them to defend the actions of the power elites against public scrutiny. This defense is portrayed as increasingly difficult due to widespread accusations from the public that these events are not just mismanaged crises but are intentionally orchestrated to consolidate power and control the population.

A significant portion of the narrative is dedicated to detailing an alleged global conspiracy led by elites to depopulate the world, which ties into long-standing conspiracy theories about global takeovers and the manipulation of public events, such as pandemics and social unrest. The speaker claims that these actions are part of a grand scheme to enact a "Great Reset," which will ultimately lead to the downfall of current societal structures and the rise of new, oppressive regimes that strip individuals of their freedoms.

The text is rife with references to cultural and political figures, and it uses derogatory terms to describe opponents, reflecting a deep-seated animosity towards those perceived to be in control. It also predicts a breakdown of trust in all forms of authority, leading to a chaotic restructuring of societal norms and power dynamics. The document anticipates that this will manifest in public confrontations, street justice, and a revolutionary wave that will sweep across nations, particularly the United States.

The speaker also touches on themes of personal preparedness, encouraging listeners to brace for the impending societal collapse by stockpiling supplies and preparing for a breakdown in the supply chain. This preparation is presented not just as practical advice but as a necessary step to survive the tumultuous times ahead, which the speaker claims will include widespread shortages and infrastructural breakdowns.

Throughout the document, there is a strong undercurrent of fatalism and inevitability concerning the predicted events. The speaker believes these outcomes are predetermined by the deceptive actions of the elites and the inevitable awakening of the masses to these deceptions. This belief system is portrayed as not only a future certainty but as a current reality that is already beginning to unfold.

In conclusion, the document encapsulates a radical worldview where global events are seen through the lens of conspiracy and manipulation by a cabal of elites. It expresses a profound distrust of established institutions and predicts a near-future filled with upheaval, resistance, and radical change. The narrative blends real-world issues with speculative and often paranoid interpretations, creating a foreboding tone that calls for vigilance and preparation against perceived threats to individual freedom and societal stability.

#conspiracy #media #elites #manipulation #globaltakeover #depopulation #socialunrest #propagandists #hypernovelty #mainstreammedia #truth #awakening #globalrevolution #streetjustice #legalactions #personalpreparedness #societalbreakdown #narrativecrumbling #trustissues #authority #criminalcharges #Hollywooddeception #historicalrevision #transparency #publicbacklash #resistance #revolution #preparation #survival #protests #lawlessness #justice #corruption #confrontation #exposure

Key Takeaways:
  • Significant societal upheavals are predicted due to elite manipulations.
  • Mainstream media is expected to defend these power elites against public accusations.
  • A global depopulation agenda is attributed to elite groups like the WEF.
  • Increased public confrontations and a breakdown in societal structures are anticipated.
  • There is an emphasis on personal preparedness for societal collapse.
Predictions:
  • Media will need to defend elites against accusations of deliberate societal harm.
  • Public backlash and street justice will increase against perceived injustices.
  • Societal narrative will crumble, leading to a questioning of historical truths.
  • Revolutionary movements and legal actions against mainstream narratives will rise.
Key Players:
  • WEF (World Economic Forum)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • NASA
  • George Soros
  • Fauci
  • Alex Jones
  • Bill Gates
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Propagandists Shuffle Danz - 04-11-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still April 11, Thursday. Heading back home after doing our shopping and driving on a bunch of sand and getting the necessary supplies for a few projects here. Yep, everything is here.

Okay. There may be a little barking as we go along. We're still around humans, and they deserve the abuse. They're just terrible, terrible critters. Anyway, so we're coming up to this period of time where we'll have a very interesting wrinkle appear in mainstream media, and the propagandists are going to find themselves in a world of oddity.

Okay? Hypernovelty is going to cause them a real problem, because within hypernovelty, we're going to have a situation here where the media is going to have to start defending the power elites against the charges from the population that they did all this shit deliberately. Okay? So that's going to be the, the problem for the media is that they will, though, at first, just like, you know, dismiss said, oh, you're a crazy, right? You're a conspiracy theorist, that kind of thing.

But there will be so many people, many of them with, you know, some level of stature, some level of, you know, major social pressure or presence. And these guys will be saying, no, no, no, these elites did it on purpose. It's not incompetency. It's a giant global takeover thing to kill off most of the humans. Now, all the Wu people, we know this, right?

We know what the WEF is trying to do. And, you know, the Elohim worship cult and all of that and their depopulation agenda and all this shit. We're aware of this, but the normies are not. And the propagandists, who are also aware of it and are participating, are going to have to start defending the power elites. Now, here's the real really interesting wrinkle.

The media themselves will be called out as part of the deliberate process of depopulation. You know, the takeover of the planet, the great reset, all of that horseshit, right? And our global revolution that's happening in pushback, the apocalypse, the great awakening, is going to mean that these guys are going to be called out. They're going to have to defend the power elite. And then because of all of that, also, they're going to be charged by people as being part of the problem and part of the plot, and they're going to have to defend themselves, and it's not going to go over very well.

And they're going to, I don't know that they'll ever see how stupid and participatory they actually look by trying to defend themselves against these charges, but it's going to be that blatant. So it's going to be really funny. All of the, like, all the late night fucktard shows and, you know, the commie news network and all of this kind of stuff, right? All of these guys are going to say, no, no, we weren't part of it. No one paid me to lie about COVID No one paid me to lie about Epstein island and all of this other stuff, which, you know, of course, is horseshit.

We know that they were indeed paid, that there was bakshish going on. Right? So it's going to be really interesting that way. We've got major narrative crumbling that's going to be happening over this summer, such that by the time we get to whatever the event is on the 15th and 16 July or thereabouts, and it might be a series of events, might be a whole lot. I don't know.

It's just massively building tension. It's like a building tension spike like I've never seen before. And so it's a very short period of time. So there's a. Something going on, at least linguistically.

And, you know, it doesn't necessarily mean that there's a manifestation in reality so much as it means that there's a shitload of language, of a building tension nature that's going to be popping up in any event, though. So by the time we get to this event, we will be deep into nerodigm crumbles. And the nerodigm is going to crumble just like a cookie. And it's going to be. It's good for me.

It's going to be really interesting to watch because I've been anticipating this since, you know, well, since 63, right when Kennedy was. When they had the fake Kennedy assassination. I'm with Jay Widener. That was a squib on the side of his head, and that is why people think that the driver turned around and shot him. Okay.

It's because the blowout from the right side of his head, from the squid squib, looked like he had been shot on the left side of his head, and it. And it blew out. But if you look at the autopsy report, the right side of his skull was still intact, so there was no shot from the left. That took out the right side of the skull anyway, though. So our nerodigm is going to be crumbling here, and this nerodigm is going to totally undo NASA and the military and all of these people relative to UFO's.

Okay, so. And, you know, the fake moon landings and all of that kind of shit. Right?

So we're gonna go back in history, in part of our global revolution over these next ten years or more. It's a 25 year process that we're in. Okay, I won't go into the math, but it's part of the yugas. And the overlap from one yuga to the next is the emotional reaction to the energies from space change as those energies from space change from galactic center. And so we're in a very particular 25 year period of time in which we will have a chaos, an absolute, massive, massive chaos, as hyper novelty takes over, authority dies, and we have to reconstitute, have to reshape all of our social order, including who we trust and where we place our trust for authority.

Right? And so we're going to. We're going to lose all of it. We're going to see the reduction of NASA and all these people to. They're already a laughing stock, but they'll be reduced to having to defend themselves against criminal charges and stuff.

Right.

It's going to get really interesting. I'm expecting that we will see people sue the movie studios for having trannies in their movies and not telling people. And they'll sue them under truth and advertising laws because they are attempting to be deceptive to. Just like the music industry, right? They are attempting to deceive you by telling you that this tailored dude is a female.

And so all of these male to female trannies will be coming on out, and they're going to have to go back to the 1930s. They will be sued for. Because they can establish a pattern going back to the 1930s of deliberate deception. Now, we know it was a jewish thing, right? We know that Hollywood was taken over by the Elohim worship cult and this jewish thing of all of the transgenders and eight genders and all of this kind of shit was intruded into our social order, and they snuck it in in a deceptive manner, and they'll be sued.

Some attorneys are going to make a fucking fortune off of this. But they're also going to become some of the most famous people on the planet. Planet as they proceed with this lawsuit that is gonna just really fuck over the normies heads. This thing is just like. It's pretty big.

I don't know how long it'll take for it to develop, but it's in the data sets. So there's that. We're gonna be having lots of confrontation. I expect that there will be let's say direct action, citizen direct action in regard to the lies coming out of government and the media, because we're just not taking it anymore. So it's kind of like we're coming into a period of time where we will have social justice, right, street justice, and then there will be law, and there's no political will to enforce law up to the point of justice within the communist takeover of our institutions.

This is a very maoist, long march through the institutions kind of thing that's going on. There's no political will to have justice come from prosecution. So, you know, Soros paid for this. George Soros paid for all these prosecutions. Prosecutors to get into positions where they don't prosecute in order to upend our social order.

This is a known plan anyway. So we're coming up to the point where the street justice is going to cause the propagandists to react, because the street justice is going to go to the point where there will be. The guilty will be executed on the street, and no one's going to say shit about it. And then they may try and prosecute those who are doing the execution and are participating in the street justice. But then there will be riots about that that will totally destroy, like, police stations and stuff, right?

So, you know, some kid's going to be raped by a african invader or muslim invader here in the US, likely in the northeast. This rape will be caught on security cams because it'll happen out in public, on the street kind of thing. And people will react. That criminal, that rapist, that pedophile, that human trafficker, kind of abuser person will end up dying as a result of his crime in the street, in street justice. And then later on, like maybe a couple of days later, the cops will use security cams at the direction of the commies that control the area.

And then the communist authority will go and try and arrest the people. They'll succeed in arresting at least one individual that was participatory in the street justice. And this is going to incite such a blowback on the authority figures that you will have mobs surround a police station in one of these cities. Maybe it'll be like Pittsburgh, something like that. It's in the northeast somewhere.

And the mobs are going to be like local Americans, right? Not invaders or any of that. The invaders are going to be really pissed that the guy got killed in the street, but there's going to be more than that because so there's going to be other invaders that attempt to aid the pedophile rapist, and they're going to get the shit kicked out of them, too. So it's going to be a real melee. And then a few days later, the authorities are going to come on in and try and make this into a big propaganda stink on behalf of their agenda.

And it's not going to work out the way they think, because after they arrest this guy, the neighborhood, so to speak, is just going to turn on the law enforcement people. They're going to surround the building. There will be, they'll be declaring riot. They'll probably have to try and bring in cops from outside. Those will be thwarted.

It's going to be like a pretty much a day long confrontation. And at the end of that day, the person that was arrested, he's out. And the police are in disarray. Their stuff is all destroyed. I mean, cop cars burned, the station burned down, all of that kind of shit.

And so that's one of the temporal markers we've got coming, and it marks a particular elevation in dynamic activity relative to the global revolution. And this will be coincident to some degree. So within the same month, maybe, as we start getting the populace accusing all of the. So we're accusing the elites of being pedophiles now, right? And some of the woo people were out there saying, falky knew he engineered it.

They've been planning it for 200 years. They got Fauci to work on it over 40 years ago, developing these bioweapons. And he was the highest paid civil servant, and he didn't serve any of us within our government. Yada, yada, yada. Right?

And so we're gonna get people saying that Fauci was, you know, he is a murderer, and he needs to be tried and executed. And then the populace or the mainstream media is gonna try and defend Fauci and all of his ilk, all these other fuckers, too, going to try and defend them from the. The mobs, from the attacks online. And in that process, they themselves will be attacked. You know, how can you defend this slime?

You're part of it. You were bribed, blah, blah, blah. So you're going to see a lot of resignations, lots and lots and lots of resignations out of the media, because these people are stupid. They're hired because they are stupid, malleable, and criminal themselves. But some of them, even though they're stupid, they will get the, you know, they'll get the wind up, right?

And they'll smell what's coming, and they will resign rather than be lynched in the street, because that's coming.

So it's going to be just a tremendous global revolution and a tremendous American Revolution 2.0.

We're in those days now, right? So you've got people like Bo palmy out there using the word biblical. And this biblical is like, it's a watered down, don't mean shit kind of stuff. He's talking Old Testament, Juby. Let's worship the Jews calendar.

Let's worship the Jews because they're lying and telling us that they were chosen by God and that they're superior and, you know, they have loxism, which means that they're above everybody else and they want to kill all the other people on the planet. And you stupid boys, you don't know they were, you know, we're telling you that as Jews that we were chosen by, by God, you know, the creator God. So you can't do shit about it anyway. So Pope pulling, he worships the Jews, but he's going to be just freaking out as the whole Old Testament Bible stuff comes undone in the, in all of this. I mean, we're going way back, right?

We're undoing all of the lies that have been propping up this entire structure for hundreds of years. And they can't prop it up anymore because of the Internet. They couldn't stop the Internet because we were making it on our own. We were doing BBS's, right? Individual, decentralized Internet created on our own.

And if they take the Internet down, there's people like myself that are prepared to do that. I know a lot of guys now that are getting landlines just in case, right? Because if you got a landline and the switches hold up, you can maintain a bbs and run your own little mini Internet. Modems are cheap these days, that kind of thing, right? Anyway, we're coming up into.

We're in very exciting times. We're in the revolution now, and it's really progressing. And I'm expecting this first shot at Fort Sumter kind of thing in these next 36 days now. And we'll see. You know, my timing can be off, but I don't think that the data sets itself.

The data itself will be off, nor my interpretation of it, because of the nature of the huge amount of building tension, language, and everything that's going on within the data sets matching our reality. So I do expect that a lot of this stuff is going to occur. In any event. I have some level of timing clues on it, too. But within these next 36 days, we should see a spark event.

We should see the lead up to the propagandists being confronted. And so I don't know how everybody videotapes everything, and somehow somebody always goes and finds the security tapes, or somebody who's in charge of the security tapes wants to make a few bucks online, so they go get the security tapes out of the store and, you know, and clip out a little bit to show you and put it on, like, rumble and bitchute and stuff. Right? So I don't know when it will come on out, but we will be seeing videos of the confrontation in the.

The physical pushback on the media, on the propagandists, and we'll start calling them that, you know, oh, you're a propagandist. You're not mainstream media. You're a propagandist. You're a paid shill for anti human interests. And we'll be seeing videos of this.

And the confrontations, from my viewpoint, are going to be just great to watch.

It's gonna be just so much fun. So, you know, and you got, you got Alex Jones suing over the whole faked up Sandy hook thing. And it's just tremendously marvelous that all this stuff is coming on out. And the thing is, because they're doing it in legal, it's gonna grind its long term language, right? It's just gonna keep grinding on the.

On the cummies as we go forward until it's resolved. And anyway, it's a great time to be alive, especially if you love to fight. It's going to be chaotic. I personally am doing everything I can in these 36 days here to get myself to reestablish all of the preparations I've made and bring them all up current, right? So that's why I went and bought new batteries for the truck.

That's why I'm going through and checking all of my preparations, going through my destroyed office and getting it rebuilt and checking all of my supplies. Anything that's, you know, even close to being out of date, I'm reordering it probably will not arrive at some point. There will be delivery stops. We'll be having. I've already got delivery delays, so I'm getting.

Getting stuff or messages saying, oh, sorry, we can't deliver that for the next, you know, there's been a delivery day, won't get there. These kind of things, so very unusual, didn't exist prior to this year, except maybe you'd get one in a year, not even that one in several years. Now, the breakdown is so systemic that I'm getting them on a weekly basis right now. I live way the fuck out anyway. So this is not necessarily unexpected, but it has certainly escalated.

And so I'm getting everything I can done during this period of time, because I think very shortly, June, certainly July, there will be a generalized breakdown in the supply system. And this is part of the.

They're trying another holimador. So the communists want to starve and kill 100 million Americans, right? And they want to starve and kill 100 million Americans. And they've started. Bill Gates has destroyed like half a million farms, this kind of thing.

So they're, so that part of that is baked in the cake. They've already destroyed the farms. They haven't planted. We won't get harvest out of those farms. And so you've got to start growing those foods.

You can, you won't ever be able to grow enough to be 100% self sufficient. But you need to start thinking about how you're going to get proteins, you know, how you're going to manage, because it's here and we're getting into it. So it's going to be really a. It's going to be a terrible time if you haven't prepared, if you have prepared, it's going to be rough, but it will, you will survive anyway. I expect it will be a lot quieter later this summer as we'll get into a period of time where there will be like a sort of a generalized breakdown in the structure of work.

So, you know, it may happen that we don't have 30 or 40 logging trucks go by my house in a day. Maybe the logging trucks will just cease for a while as the mills shut down and everybody hunkers down because of the fighting in this area or those kind of things, right. It's going to be very, very unusual. The conditions will not be duplicated everywhere. So your conditions may be quite unique relative to, you know, even 200 miles away.

It's just going to be that kind of a situation. Now remember, in May we're going to have chemtrail awareness month. And in May I will actually, on the 1 June I'm going to go through. So 1 may you can start sending me Kim trail pictures. You take, you put a chemtrail picture on Twitter, on X, and you tag me Cliff underbar high, and you tag me on your chemtrail picture.

And then at the end of the month, on the 1 June, I'm going to go through on all of those that had been presented to me over the course of that month and find out which one was the most liked and which one was the most retweeted. And I'll do the most retweeted video as well. So if you do a video of chemtrails, make it less than, like, two minutes, though, guys, we got a. People just won't watch it if it's much longer than that anyway, though. And I will give away 1oz of gold.

1oz gold eagle. For the most retweeted chemtrail picture and for the most liked chemtrail picture and for the most retweeted video. Now, this is not shares. I don't care about Facebook or any of that, right? So it's got to be on X.

And so I don't care about any other platform, but do whatever you can to win these. So get your friends to, you know, retweet and pass your. Share your material on X. You can promote it day after day after day after day after day through the whole month. I do not care.

Whatever it takes to get you up to there, to where your numbers are bigger than anybody else's in the likes or the retweets. That's what you want to do. And then at the. On June 1, may take me a couple of days, depending on how successful my little contest is here. But then I'll go through and find out who won, and then we'll announce it, and then I'll contact them, and we'll arrange to mail the prize to them.

Obviously, this is a way of raising awareness of chemtrails and bringing that up into the public discussion. And that's one of our deeper, terrible secrets, right? Chemtrails are massively terrible things. They've reduced testosterone in all species. Since 1969, testosterone levels have fallen in all species, more than half.

And since 1969, we've had reduction in sperm counts, more than half in all species measured. We're talking fish, frogs. It does not matter, right? So Alex Jones saying they're turning the frogs gay. They're trying to kill us all off by making us all non reproductive.

And so this is. This is one of those things I thought, aha. Here's a way to highlight that and bring it more to the attention of the normies, because we've got to get this shit stopped. You know, it's their weather modification. Anyway, so the more we stop that, the less lahaina kind of issues that we'll have, that sort of thing.

Anyway, guys, that's it for today. Take care. We're in it now.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


SciFi World – 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF document titled "SciFi World" by Clif High, published on January 3, 2024, provides a comprehensive perspective on the author's vision of a future dominated by the decline of current societal structures and the emergence of a new era characterized by hyper novelty and the end of authoritative control. The author critiques the American empire's trajectory, likening its rise and fall to the British Empire, and points out the failures of the Federal Reserve and fiat currency system, which he claims are leading to the death of the American empire. As the fiat currency fails and people struggle to meet basic needs, he anticipates a societal upheaval and a revolutionary shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of the current financial and political systems. This shift is described as moving into a "Sci-Fi world," where hyper novelty allows for continuous and unrestricted innovation and transformation. The author predicts that this transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money, real investment, and a flourish of new inventions and technologies.

#SciFiWorld #ClifHigh #AmericanEmpire #FiatCurrency #HyperNovelty #Innovation #SocietalShift #Revolution #CentralBanks #FederalReserve #CurrencyFailure #Inflation #NewEra #SoundMoney #Investment #AuthorityCollapse #TechnologicalBoom #FuturePredictions #PoliticalChange #EconomicReform #Disruption #Chaos #Transformation #Survival #RevolutionaryThinking #CryptoFuture #Decentralization #Empowerment #GrassrootsMovement #FinancialFreedom #SocialOrder #NormieReactions #AuthorityDeath #VisionaryInsight #GlobalChange

Key Takeaways:
  • The decline of the American empire and fiat currency system is imminent.
  • A new era of hyper novelty will emerge, characterized by unrestricted innovation and transformation.
  • The transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money and real investment.
  • Societal upheaval and revolution are anticipated as people struggle to meet basic needs due to the failing currency.
  • The author envisions a flourishing of new inventions and technologies in this new era.
Predictions:
  • The American empire will collapse due to the failures of the fiat currency system.
  • A societal shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of current financial and political systems, will occur.
  • Sound money and real investment will replace speculative money placement.
  • A period of vast numbers of new inventions and technological advancements will emerge.
  • The transition will be recognized by even those who are currently oblivious to the changing times.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Damn, it's noon. Long day.

Heading outbound now. Got all my chores done, met with everybody, did all of the necessary stuff, and heading out to do more damn work. Got people meeting me in about an hour or so at my place to talk about the extension I'm putting on and the work I need to get done there anyway, though, so I wanted to talk for a few minutes about Sci-Fi world, and really, it's the death of the american empire. Most kids don't know it, but America was never supposed to be an empire, right? We rebelled against the british empire and came on over here because we didn't want anything to do with their way of organizing things.

And then we end up replicating them. They infiltrated us in the 18 hundreds. They tried to put in two central banks. We threw those out. And then eventually they were able to work their way in and put in another central bank and seize control.

In 1913, it actually started. In the 1890s, they started a big push for the blackmail and the murder and this kind of thing. It's amazing how many people have been murdered in order to bring in the Federal reserve. Not merely the people that were killed on the Titanic, but a long string of people that were standing in their way, starting about. Actually, it was like, I think one of the first that I've identified is in, like, 1889, this particular banker in New York that was making waves about no central bank.

Anyway, so as we move into Sci-Fi world, we will also. Okay, so how do I say? Okay, so we're going to experience, and we're experiencing it right now, the death of authority. And this is also coincident with the death of the american empire, which is based on the fiat currency of the Federal Reserve bank, which is not part of the federal government, has no reserves, and is not a bank. It's simply a money laundering creation machine.

Anyway, so the death of the american empire is in the core. It's happening because of the death of the currency, because the currency can't be extended any longer because it has no purchasing power. And this is rapidly becoming evident. People are starving, even though they're working. They're not able to pay for housing, this kind of thing.

So we know that the currency is failing. It actually truly is no longer working for people. In 1913, when they first brought it out, almost everybody ignored it. Hardly anybody used it. In 1913, a family of four could have all of their expenses covered by a dollar a day in terms of earned income.

So if you earned $30 a month, you could support yourself you could support your wife and you could support two kids. Not a bad deal, right?

That was basically the prevailing wage for any kind of skilled work other than like, farm labor, right? Because it was a different category. We were still 80% agricultural at that stage in the 18 hundreds. But by the time we get into the 19 hundreds, we're looking at basically a dollar a day in a gold based economy as being a living wage. And it was generally paid.

We had plenty of gold, everything was circulating just fine. And then the Elohim worship cult gets their bank in, and now we're all fucked, right? And so now it's actually reached the point where you can't survive on your retirement that you worked all your life for. If you're on only a government retirement program, it just is not going to be working for you. You won't be able to get health care, you won't be able to afford housing.

And pretty soon it'll get to the point where even with all your other expenses, if you pay none of your bills, you still won't be able to afford food. And that period is going to be very brief. Okay? So we're not talking years for that.

The whole social order would be in upheaval if that tried to continue for years because basically everybody was starving. And so, believe me, if we had no food here and the situation was that dire and stuff, I will use my last of my resources to go and raise an army and stage a revolution here in Washington state. The rest of y'all can go fuck yourselves. You got to work out your own issues, right? But in Washington state, if we have that dire situation where people are starving because the food system's broken down and there is no political will to change the, you know, the Democrats are still in charge, yada, yada, yada, then it's like, okay, dudes, it's pirate know, revolution is, you know, a bunch of old men.

Because I would just go and tell everybody I was going to go and take my arms. I'm not going to hide it. I'm coming into Olympia to clear the place out and take it over, right? Redo restart. So that would be the approach I would take under those circumstances.

Not going to happen the way that our financial system is structured. There are so many politicians that are so fucking freaked out because they know that we can all identify them. You can look on the phone, get their picture, et cetera, et cetera. And we'd go and track them all down and hang them, and then we'd set about fixing things up again. Anyway, though, so a couple of OD little notes.

One of my stalkers has a phone with my picture on it that he did not put on there, and also has pictures of JC and a bunch of people that I don't know. Are they all part of a gang stalking or is there some kind of like organized effort here to rattle our cage, give us some shit? Sure looks that way. Anyway, though. So Sci-Fi world is going to emerge out of hypernovelty.

We're in hyper novelty now as authority fades. What makes it hyper novelty is that there will be new shit everywhere, constantly, continuously, because there will be no authorities left to say that a, that's not true, or that's a bogus thought. There won't be any constraints on our ability to examine data in terms of history and all of this kind of shit, unlike now, right? So if you get into too much history now, they're going to come and say, no, you're wrong, this didn't exist, this didn't happen. People will give you blowback for it, right?

That's going to fall away. A lot of the people that are doing that are paid shills. They're very stupid, low intelligence people. They don't have much on the go mentally, and they're simply being paid to be an academic parrot, to hold the line, prevent disinformation, this kind of stuff, right? Oh, you can't weaponize history against us, blah, blah, blah.

In spite of the fact that they have indeed weaponized history with all of the critical race theory and all of that kind of shit. All that crap's going to fall away this year. It'll be very dramatic, I think, from the end of January onward, but certainly from the third week in February, we're going to get into some serious level of social disruptions that will run across the entire nation. Okay? So this may also be participating during that period of time.

We may be having a situation where we have the markets going crazy. Okay? They're not going to crash at that point. That's probably a little too early. Maybe we might see some initial phase of a stock market crash around the 18 February, but the Fed and everybody will still be pumping their fake dollars like mad.

So it's going to be difficult to see that we're going to have a price crash relative to stocks. And that's what everybody is looking at for, oh, our economy is good because our stock market's up. It's like horseshit. Stock market is all rehypothecation, Ponzi scheme shit anyway. As we will discover, because we're going to run into this crack up boom.

In the crack up boom, we can expect the Fed to shovel all kinds of money through all kinds of their fiat, through every possible outlet into stock market and trying to get it into people's hands to spend as the velocity of the spending drops, which it's already happening. I've been talking with merchants all day today. Out in the wild here, we are certainly seeing all the signs of depression, right? Especially in terms of money velocity through the system, through the locals'hands out here.

This gets so complicated, guys.

All right, so we're going to get a crack up boom. They're going to shovel money like Matt into the stock market. The bidenistas will be saying, hey, look, it's a good economy. Look, look, the stock market's up. The people won't be buying it.

And at some point here, and we're very rapidly approaching it, we're going to have this net negative return in the sense that, like I was saying, you could work and you could get an income, but it wouldn't be sufficient to pay housing and food and transportation, right? And so to say nothing of health care and this kind of thing. So the failure of the money is making the social order fail all around us. So you know that when you know your money is failing, when a class of drugs that a person uses for, like, kidney treatment, and they've been paying this for years because they'd had dialysis and all this kind of shit, all of a sudden doubles and it doubled in one month. So this guy I was talking to today, while I was waiting on some service today, had a situation four months ago where a particular drug he was taking, and he said it wouldn't mean anything to me, used to cost him $7,000 a month, and now it's gone to almost 15,000 a month.

So I think the big pharma industry is trying to play catch up or get ahead relative to the death of the currency anyway, though. So as the currency dies in this period of hyper novelty, we're going to have a reaction seen in the social order that will reflect back on itself. So, in other words, we'll have a situation where people won't be able to make a living on the wages. And so, like I was saying in the previous talk, so anybody with student debt, the first thing that we can expect that will happen is they won't pay those debts anymore. They won't pay interest on that debt.

They won't even deal with it. Pretty soon, you're going to have this so egregiously in our face that the banks are going to say relative to like student loans, they'll start saying, oh, don't worry, you don't have to pay it back, just pay the interest. If you just pay the interest, you're good. And it's like that's the very last phase of the banks being able to get enough money to flow through their system in a total loop in order for the bank to be active, not even solvent, just be able to open the fucking doors. And I suspect that's a couple of months away.

I don't know how. Wow. Eagle right over my head here. Big guy too. He's probably been fishing in the river here anyway, so the crap, somehow I'd nicked myself and started it bleeding again anyway though.

So the social order here, getting a paper towel and we're good. The social order is going to be evolving, okay? So it's going to evolve out of this state of disrepair, dysfunction, all of that, and will gradually start fixing things, changing things, heading. And it'll be fairly dramatic because at the moment those people that want to correct the societal's ills are being stymied, blocked by people that want to continue on in this communist effort, and they're anti humanity and want to kill a bunch of people. And yada yada yada, we don't know why the hell they think that way.

But they're part of the Elohim worship cult. They may be blood drinkers, who the fuck knows? Anyway, they're out there using money to try and prevent people from fixing the problems that they engineered. And so that's our structure at the moment. Well, as the money dies, a lot of the foot soldiers for the side that want to break everything down, a lot of the foot soldiers there are not going to be paid and they won't be available to participate.

So I expect that they'll call a BLM riot and nobody is going to show up much because they're not getting paid anything to make it worthwhile. And it's getting a little hinky out there with the evil white race all getting guns and being very touchy about being genocided. Okay? And so this is also the problem for the Elohim worship cult is that they're writing a very fine line. So they're trying to skate along on this fine line.

If they go to either side of it, they're fucked. And one of the sides they have to go towards is the destruction of the banking system. But they've got to do it in such a way that they don't pull the rug out from the whole system too rapidly, because then all social order would fail and a lot of us would just take up arms and as I say, we would go and have the political will in the form of a revolution to change things. And in the process of changing things in that period of disruption and chaos, a lot of the Elohim worship people will simply be killed just to remove them. I'm not talking genocide or anything like that.

I'm talking about people that are, you know, Federal Reserve board member Kapow. That's it. We don't have to worry about you anymore, right? Let's just get rid of the Federal Reserve by killing them all, that kind of thing, right? That will occur, especially if it goes too rapidly.

Things break out too fast anyway. So Sci-Fi World is going to come out of the hyper novelty that is resulting now from the bad guys trying to deliberately destroy the social system in order to engineer the new financial system, which is the central bank digital currency that's intended to enslave the whole planet.

So Sci-Fi world will begin, I think, to our site. We'll be able to see the emergence of some aspects of ScI-Fi World this year, probably the very last quarter, right? The very last few months of this year. We'll get some hints of how Sci-Fi world will start emerging, start manifesting. But it's going to be a period of vast numbers of new inventions coming out, new stuff happening.

A lot of people will get, okay, so as part of this, I suspect that we will go back to a sound money situation and then we'll go back to real investment as opposed to speculative money placement. Right. And so as we get into this, we'll have a sound money, we'll get into investment. Investments will start investors, people with excess money that were able to be smart and preserve wealth through this transformation will then start trying to put their money to work in various different industries. And so we'll have inventions happening all over the place that will then go through the various generations of improving the tech and so on.

And those people that invest in those companies will get a return on their money as well as the appreciation of the assets that they've nominally purchased. So I'm looking into some companies that use electricity in novel ways and going to decide at some point to invest some money in those companies.

At this point, it seems very wise to follow that course of action. So I found one I'm dealing with it now they're on generation two of their product, which it's like. The generation two is a little wimpy, but I can see the technical problems for generation three and four. And by generation four, it will surpass the tool it's intended to replace. Okay?

So right now it's in competition and doing very poorly because of the nature of the electrically driven process that this tool uses. So I'm not talking like electric cars or anything like that, right. Anyway, though at that point, I can see I'm going to play around. I bought one of their units, I'm going to play around with it and see if I actually can't make some inventions off of it and get in on the invention cycle of the whole thing, right. But also, if I just use the product and stay abreast of this particular company, then I can buy generation three and generation four, which are things I want anyway.

I mean, the tool itself is something I want anyway. I'm not being mysterious. I just don't want people going and trying to buy this. You got to be really sophisticated, knowing what you're doing here, and be willing to take massive risks with your personal capital. So I'm not going to say anything at this point until we reach a certain point.

Then I'll tell people, oh, yeah, I'm invested in this, and I'm thinking of investing in this and so on. Not that I'm going to be good at that, right? I mean, I think I might be good at that in an investment environment, but I'm certainly not good at it in a speculation environment. Speculation drives me crazy. My buddy Joe, he trades stuff and it's like, fuck, if I did that, I'd have so much anxiety, I'd give myself.

What are those things? Panic attacks. Right. So anyway, so it's just not something I'm constitutionally built to do. However, an investment where I just put some money in and track the company over time.

Like, hey, no worries, guy, I like this technology, blah, blah, blah. Anyway, so we're coming into Sci-Fi world, emerging this year out of the chaos of this year of transition, and it'll probably be more like 1819 months, and then we'll be sort of solidly into Sci-Fi world, and there will be a recognization that we're not going back. Right. You'll be able to see that we're not going to be repeating the old mistakes, that things truly have changed. And this for even the regular normies.

And I talk to normies all the time. I push them a little bit disturb their mind, see what happens, see how they react. Was doing some of that today with some guys that have had the jab and are totally normies and have no idea what they're facing. Although I got to say that they were all worried, so they've all heard enough to be worried, and I'm telling them things to do, but they're not yet worried enough that they're going to try and do that. They're still captured mentally by the authority of the medical system.

But believe me, when we yank the mrna and when the big pharma crashes, so we lose that level of authority for, quote, medicines, these chemicals that they crank out, that's going to be a huge tranche of people that will just say, holy shit, and they'll move over into hyper novelty here. They'll say, no fucking authority is going to tell me what to do. Because there is no authority, right? There is no ultimate authority on all of this. And also, by the way, this whole period of time is going to bring out the breakdown of authority in religion, regardless of anything I do.

I could have kept my mouth shut and we would still be here, people talking about the elohim, we would still be facing the Elohim coming back, and all of the things that we're still facing. I thought to get a jump on it, right? To get those people that can think about it ahead of time, thinking about it, so they don't have to stop and go through this process. When we're dealing with the Elohim themselves, it's just better to have plans and have your mind free because you recognize some of the shit that's actually going on anyway. So the last quarter, this year, I expect to see some pretty significant changes that will indicate that we're really seriously shifting over into Sci-Fi world.

And in the meantime, it's going to be ugly and dirty and massively chaotic, and all kinds of shit's going to happen. But it's like, well, it all has to happen, it's all going to be good for us. Even though at the moment it doesn't feel good, right? It's kind of like you don't want to really sit there and suture the wound in your leg. You know that every time you put that needle in there and thread it through and bring those two parts of the wound together, that that's going to hurt and it's already hurting, and you're going to keep adding to the hurt through the whole process.

But you do know that the minute you get to that last suture, then that phase is done. And eventually the hurt will go away and everything will heal up. And that's really where we are. Where we are. People are just reluctant to take the needle and jab it into their leg on one side of the wound.

And pull it through to the other side of the wound. And then come back with the line and tie it up and start closing up the wounds. Right. A lot of people don't even see we're wounded. So anyway, the current thinking for us now is last week in January is going to begin a bunch of chaos.

February 18 and onward is going to magnify that chaos. And I suspect that in the February the 18th, I'm suspecting I don't have any for sure kind of indicators that I would really have a lot of confidence in. But I suspect that there's a high probability that that will be the period of time for the rest of our release language. That had been forecast back last July and August. We still have yet to complete a lot of that.

The reason I suspect that this is probably going to happen and may happen on. Okay, so I got a lot of probabilities that it will happen. And I suspect that it will happen in February. Because of the building tension values now. And the way they're growing.

And the type of language that we're getting building tension on. And I won't go into details. I'm almost back at the place here, and I've got stuff I've got to do.

So third week in January. Last week in January, 18 February. I'm saying that we'll get a big hit on hyper novelty in the first week. Oh, that was my guy. He was supposed to be here.

He was here early. Oh, well, shit. Anyway, so he wasn't supposed to be here till after one. Maybe he'll come back.

Anyway, so April 3, we should have for all of us guys, people that listen to me, that really going out and pay attention. As opposed to the people that listen and say, oh, that old fucker don't know shit. So April 3 is where I'm suspecting that the Wu people will be able to say, yeah, hyper novelty is here. Authority is dying right and left. And it's increasing.

And the rate of increase itself is increasing. So we'll start getting into the snowball effect. Right where you're rolling down the hill and you're going at a pretty fast clip. And then you notice that the speed at which you are rotating. In terms of spinning around and going down that hill is increasing.

And so it all becomes this, as I say, a snowball effect. And I'm expecting that to pick up in April and to continue. And it'll really hit the normies in the first part of June, maybe the middle of June, something like that. And then we'll start having Normie freakouts. Normie freakouts are going to participate in our hyper novelty.

So that's going to be the increase of the increase, so to speak. Right? Then it'll start reflecting back and it'll get really chaotic through the summer. Anyway, guys, I got to go and do stuff. I'll get into more of this stuff later.

There's so much more. We've got lots of detail in some of the data sets now as to how some of it's going to peel off, but basically, um, it's the buckle up buttercup time, you know, it's here now. Okay, gotta get moving. Talk to you all later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ouch! – 11-21-2023

Ouch! - 11-21-2023

Ouch! - 11-21-2023

Episode Summary:

In "Ouch!", CLIF HIGH discusses various topics including his personal life, data analysis techniques, and significant global events. He begins by mentioning his ongoing efforts to relocate and the challenges in finding a suitable single-story house. He then delves into the evolution of his data gathering and analysis process, which he had to adapt due to increased online censorship and changes in data access, particularly after Elon Musk's acquisition of Twitter.

High reflects on how language manipulation and censorship have influenced his analysis. He mentions how narratives like 'catastrophe earth' have been pushed since 1947, suggesting a deep state agenda. He connects these narratives to broader historical and political contexts, including discussions in World War II and subsequent global conflicts.

The author then shifts to discussing Zionism, which he traces back to a Jewish messiah named Zebi, and the Talmud's condemnation of Christ. He delves into conspiracy theories surrounding the 9/11 attacks, suggesting foreknowledge and insurance fraud by deep state actors. This leads into a broader discussion on the deep state's perceived reality distortion.

High explains his set theoretic math approach in data analysis. He describes how he identifies significant patterns and predictions by analyzing data sets and the relationships between words and events. This method led to forecasts about events that would make news headlines, although High acknowledges the limitations and unpredictability of this method.

A significant portion of the narrative focuses on Joe J. Snip, a person High has been tracking since 2002 through his data sets. High recounts predicting a near-miss industrial accident involving Snip and later, a plane crash that Snip miraculously survived. This story serves as an example of how High's data analysis can predict personal events, albeit with some inaccuracies.

High also touches upon the financial realm, recounting Snip's dream about Bitcoin reaching $38,000 before a crash, which High interprets differently in light of Snip's actual airplane crash. He speculates on the implications of this prediction for Bitcoin's future.

Towards the end, High discusses the concept of 'splits happening', referring to societal and political divisions. He cites examples like the January 6 tapes, predicting a growing divide between normies and Democrats and a shift in public trust from mainstream media to alternative sources. He concludes with predictions about the increasing popularity of figures like David Icke and Max Egan, suggesting that their growing influence will eventually force mainstream media to address their narratives.

#CLIFHIGH #DataAnalysis #Censorship #GlobalEvents #Predictions #9-11Conspiracy #Bitcoin #JoeJSnip #SetTheoreticMath #DeepState #Zionism #HistoricalContext #SocietalShifts #MediaInfluence #AlternativeMedia #WorldWars #EconomicPredictions #Survival #PlaneCrash #CatastropheEarth #Narratives #LanguageManipulation #OnlineCensorship #ElonMusk #Twitter #Talmud #ChristCondemnation #IndustrialAccident #FinancialSpeculation #SplitsHappening #MainstreamMedia #DavidIcke #MaxEgan #TemporalMarkers #RealityPerception

Key Takeaways:
  • Data Analysis Evolution: High details the changes in his data analysis techniques due to increased online censorship and restricted access to data sources.
  • Conspiracy Theories: He explores conspiracy theories surrounding global events like the 9/11 attacks, suggesting deep state involvement and foreknowledge.
  • Set Theoretic Math in Predictions: High employs set theoretic math for predictive analysis, analyzing patterns in data sets and word relationships.
  • The Story of Joe J. Snip: A significant narrative in the text is about Joe J. Snip, whose life events, including a near-miss industrial accident and a plane crash, were predicted by High's data analysis.
  • Financial Predictions and Interpretations: High discusses his and Snip's predictions about Bitcoin, particularly relating to its value and potential crashes.
  • Societal and Political Divisions: The concept of 'splits happening' is introduced, referring to growing societal and political divides, influenced by media narratives and events like the January 6 tapes.
  • Shifts in Media Influence: High predicts a shift from mainstream to alternative media sources, with increased popularity for figures like David Icke and Max Egan.
Predictions:
  • Bitcoin's Future: Snip's dream about Bitcoin reaching $38,000 and then crashing might have a different interpretation, possibly unrelated to Bitcoin's market performance.
  • Media Shifts: A predicted shift in public trust from mainstream media to alternative sources and figures.
  • Growing Influence of Alternative Figures: Predictions about the rise in popularity of figures like David Icke and Max Egan, leading to mainstream media eventually having to address their narratives.
  • Societal Reactions to Political Events: Anticipated emotional and societal reactions to the revelations from the January 6 tapes, contributing to the 'splits happening' phenomenon.
  • Political Changes: High suggests there will be significant political changes, including Congress members announcing they will not run for re-election, influenced by the current political climate.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Ouch! - 11-21-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's the 21st, it's early in the morning. Gotta get on in and do shopping and stuff before the hordes hit the stores and then beat feet back to my to my house and do all of my regular chores.

Still working slowly towards relocation. It's not easy. Finding a single story house is like, well, it's easier to find bigfoot out here. You stumble over bigfoot all the time, but single story houses, you just don't see much. So anyway, we've got a few options, and I'm going to pursue them, go and see some things and look at some other properties next week.

Anyway, we're at an interesting point in time, so I can't run the gathering and analysis part, I could run the analysis part, but I can't run the gathering part of my process the way I used to do in the early 2000s up through about 2017 or so. Okay. After that. And then we eventually get up to the point where elon buys twitter.

And at that point it was basically illegal to do so because these guys were guarding their data sets, right? The thing is, it costs them money when someone comes on over and does a web scrape. So the way you used to do it would be to get to the twitter API. So you're not like dealing with the same level of twitter as what you see on your phone screen or your computer screen. You just go out and get the data.

Damn, is that another one? Anyway, the data sets can't be gathered, so I don't have the volume that I used to. And we've got all this censorship stuff, right. My routine started really getting shut down around 2008 or so, gradually winding down. I had to keep fighting the censorship, which basically means you have to get in there and redefine words and redefine relationships because they're clamping down on some words and promoting others.

And in terms of my analysis, I didn't want to fall into the trap of furthering their promotion of specific language because they're out there pushing it all the time. So they've been pushing catastrophe earth since 1947. Okay, there's arguably you can see that they were starting to formulate this earlier. There had been some discussions in the policy meetings in the Khazarian mafiadeep state that hint towards this back even in the midst of world war II. And then we get out of world war II, we go to Korea, Vietnam, all of that kind of stuff.

And in that period of time through the 50s, they're formulating how they're going to do things and try and control us as the technology is starting to be like self replicating and self expanding. Right. So they were reacting in the what we are feeling now in much more intensity, which is the rise of these or the input of these more energies coming in from galactic center, what I had termed strange energies from space, right? Because we hadn't really felt them or acknowledged them or really encountered them in a conscious way prior to this period of time because of the Kali. Yuga yada yada yada.

So these guys are tuning the language themselves constantly with their censorship algos, trying to dampen down and control the minds of everybody online, and it starts breaking down. Seriously, in 2008, they got to really ramp up the censorship to the point where it's noticeable. They're even kicking people off of various platforms. Then then we segue all the way up through COVID and their totalitarian two step, where they're trying to control the Naradigm at two different levels and basically failing on both. Okay?

So they had no choice. Their minds are limited and fixed. They just have a very bad perception of reality. And so this is why we're dealing with them. This comes from the Elohim, right?

Because these guys worship, but don't acknowledge the Elohim. We're in this problem. And so, like, Zionists, all right, Zionist Zionism comes from this guy by the name of Zebi, who was a Jewish Messiah. He was one of, like, 50 or 60 Messiahs. They've had since the Elohim have left a couple of thousand years ago.

So you can say they've had, like, 60 Messiahs since the time of Christ. And Christ was never a messiah to the Jews. Christ was the magician. He was the idolater. He was the sorcerer.

The Talmud condemns Christ to boil forever in feces, feces, urine, and blood.

Anyway, so the Kazare mafia, the deep state, they try and do all of this. I have to fight their actions. I'm not at that point understanding in 2008, 2009, et cetera. I mean, I'd been red pilled on November 22, 1963, when they shot Kennedy, but I didn't understand at that point, in 2008, 2009, et cetera, how much energy they were putting into their attempt to control things and the amount of energy they put into destroying the World Trade Centers. Right?

So something you should know is that there were about I think there was, like, 16,000 people that worked in both buildings where it could have housed many, many times that these two buildings were an economic failure. They had serious asbestos problems. They had some serious structural flaws, and there were several floors that were unsafe to be on. This is before 911, right? And so the buildings were a liability to them.

So you get into all of the situations. There were, like, 35 or 3600 people in one building that did not show up to work on September 11. They knew. They were told. They'd gotten phone calls, don't go into work.

Right.

In that building were several Jewish organizations. Nobody showed up for work that day. None of those individuals were killed. None of them were harmed. So it was clearly a false flag.

Clearly it served many, many purposes. Just before they destroyed them, the insurance rates on both buildings were raised and then there was a special premium should both buildings be destroyed at the same time? So they knew what they were doing. They did all this shit with the insurance companies. You have to understand that.

You say, well, why would the insurance companies do this, seeing how suspicious it is? Well, because they're owned by the same deep state players and they get compensated at the back end on such things by the central bank. So it's no skin off their nose, so to speak. Right. Anyway, so we're we're in a strange period of time.

We've we've gone through a lot. We have a lot more yet to endure and to struggle through, to triumph over before we get into anything where we can say things are starting to settle down. So it's going to be a while.

This period of time is interestingly marked. Okay? So in my work I would get these. So I used what's called set theoretic math. Okay?

It was set theory math. And that's a difficult concept to get across. But there are cross links within both my data sets and in reality where certain things are tied to certain other things, right. And they naturally follow from one to the next. You can think of this as like you got a foot race and you got five people running.

You're going to have one person that wins and then you're going to have other levels of finishing. Okay? After that one person wins, then there's a set unfolding of activities as a result of that. So it's an accomplished irreversible fact that so and so won this particular race. Now, whether you get awards or not or whether they say you're ineligible to win, all of that kind of stuff is not material to this point.

This point is that once there is an irreversible act within the material here, there are other things that have been held pending, so to speak, while this act was in the process of completing. And then as it completes, the other things are set in motion, such as who won number two and who gets an award, and all the other stuff standing up on the podiums and all of that, right? Those are all natural. Follow ons to this one point of irreversibility. Now the okay, all right.

So within the sets that were gathered by my data processing and that's a whole huge amount of coding, most of the coding was not in the actual processing aspect. It was in the well, sort of processing, but it was in the sweeping and the elimination of useless stuff out of the data. So I might get 100 million data gathers, each data gather being approximately being slightly less than 3000 words. And maybe you'd end up throwing out 90% of that because it was garbage relative to human talk and so on. It was intruded by the machine.

It was some HTML code or whatever. Anyway, though, within this process I would end up with these sets that were we could think of them as clumps of data, right? And so there'd be some data that would be like, kind of sticky, some sets of words that would be kind of sticky, and they would have other words stick next to them whether or not they appeared all in the same set. So you could have a word that was like road sign or interstate road sign. And so we would have the word road sign in one set and you might have another set that also had that word.

And then if you had a set that was way outlier in the sense that the word road sign appeared in a set that was mostly devoted to balloons, then you would know that you're getting into an area where there is a potential for road sign to be a meaningful word, right? To emerge in our reality in a way that it would rise up, to capture enough attention that it would hit the news. Because that's basically what I was doing, was forecasting what was going to hit the news. Not really forecasting the events per se, but rather at least the initial flush of language that would appear around that event when that event manifested and we get into some real tricky shit there. Okay, anyway, so you would get some level of words that were not deterministically placed in a set by my processing.

Rather, they were placed in a particular set by the nature of their appearance in that language grouping. So you could say it's not meaningful to have the word road sign show up in a reddit forum that was discussing road repairs or transportation or even a vacation, right? It'd be a little bit more meaningful in a vacation that someone on a vacation would happen to mention a road sign, but not at all meaningful if you were on a forum that was basically devoted to the generalized subject in which road signs would appear. So in that sense, it's much more meaningful to have road sign appear in a forum devoted to balloons just pop out of the blue. And this is because Universe was forcing that person that wrote that to think about road signs in such a way that they just had to get it out.

And then once they get it out, usually they don't care about it anymore and they just forget about it.

What my data did, what my process did was to go through and scrape all this shit off of the various forums. I mean, back when I could really scrape and it would get all this stuff and I'd get volumes, just volumes and volumes and volumes of words that were appearing where basically one would presuppose that they should not. And so it was meaningful. And you would create these sets that would say, okay, balloons and a lot of color words red balloons, green balloons, spotted balloons, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, and then in the midst of there, there would be the road sign. And then you would go to those words that were captured around the road sign, right?

Maybe there were a lot of words that indicated the color red. And so in this circumstance, then you would, as the interpreter, as the analyst of these data sets as they were appearing, you would get the idea that there is probably some form of a manifestation of a red road sign showing up relative to the news relative and so on and so on, right? And then you could maybe make a prediction out of it. Now, basically, no one's going to get really upset about a red road sign. It's not particularly a meaningful prescient omen or anything.

And so in that sense, I really would not have concentrated on the word road sign unless it had popped up so many places that was unavoidable and had popped up in those areas where it had no right to be in terms of just the regular processing. So this gives you a sort of an idea as to how the spread of this would go. Then I'd have millions of these things, tens of millions of words clustered into sets. And the first part of the process is to go through and deal with the set aspect of it. And then you just sort of like drill down.

Now, this is all pertinent because just the other day my friend Joe J. Snip. Four fell out of the sky and had an airplane fall on him. And the thing is that there are some people that appeared in the data sets for whatever reason, their names or words that reflect their name are showing up, right? And so I would pay attention to whenever the data sets would pop up, somebody that was a person rather than a personality.

Okay? So now J snip Is a personality on YouTube. But before that, he got into my data sets because he was a person. I got to let this doofus pass me, idiot.

So anyway, just the other day, all right, so I've been tracking Joe since, jeez, I don't know, year 2002, maybe, something like that. Long time. So he's been appearing in the data sets a long time. We've had some really interesting sets around. You know, I'd call him, and just the first time I did it was just to fuck with his mind, okay.

Because I kind of like was we had an interesting introduction here around my data and stuff. And then I'd sort of corresponded with him and I like Joe, right? Anyway, so way back when I get this thing saying that Joe's going to have a near miss and really it's a near hit, okay, we all call it a near miss, which is kind of a misnomer. But anyway, so the data described poor Joe coming that close to a pretty serious industrial. So I told Joe, I said, okay, Joe the data's got you in here, and it's because of his name and stuff, right?

And that it's got you associated with this nearly having an industrial accident. And he tells me that, well, this is kind of unlikely. I think you're really full of shit, because I sit here and fuck with computers all day. And it's like I told him, you know, Joe, I'm not saying this could have happened. I'm just saying that this appeared in the data.

I don't know what it means. This is as clear as I can interpret it. And we'll see, right? And then maybe shortly it was shortly thereafter, so maybe it was a few months, so maybe I told him in November and it happens in February, something like that. But he did indeed, even though he works in an It department, he did indeed have nearly have an industrial accident.

He almost got some level of electrocution out of a failing power supply on a tower that was sitting next to him that was arcing all over the place and almost hit his foot. And he's freaking out. He goes out and he makes a video about it because he's freaking out about it all. Anyway, so fast forward 22 years and here we are, and Joe's flying along the other day. And he's a pilot, flies all different kinds of stuff.

And he's flying an airplane and he's coming from New Mexico where he's got this big secret project going. And he's flying back to Florida to his house, and his airplane fucks up, right? Well, the weather gets him first, then his airplane fucks up. And so he has to land. And basically on the way down, it was sort of decided by universe and him, he's going to have to crash.

He's not going to land, right? There's no landing strip. There's no nothing. So he crashes into these woods, the airplane flips over, and somehow in this process, he is not killed. Now, I had been talking to Joe three or four months now because he's been showing up in the data sets, and I had warned him that he was showing up in the data sets, but all of the words around his name were like good words.

But when I was reading the data, it's like, oh, fuck, this looks like a eulogy. I don't know if Joe's going to make it out of whatever it was that was coming, right? There was a lot of words about flying and landing, and here was my problem. I couldn't tell Joe that, hey, Joe, the data sets suggest you're going to crash, because it really didn't say crash, right? It did say landing, darkness, all of this kind of shit, right?

And so I had actually decided, okay, I'm not going to tell Joe because it freak him out. He wouldn't stop flying, but it might actually contribute to causing him problems because he might be so paranoid he would react badly. That kind of thing, right? So I was not going to front load him and preload him with this, but I was going to start gently sort of prompting his mind to think about certain things. So I sent him an email and asked him about flying at night, could he fly his helicopter at night and so on, and landing on roads and shit, that sort of thing, right?

I was under the impression that it was going to be a helicopter, but the data wasn't specific at that point. Anyway, so Joe's in this set. I start talking to him gradually over a couple of months, bringing up all these flying issues, trying to get his mind sort of prepped in the background. Because I'm very reluctant to actually come on out and say, joe, this data looks like you're going to have a hard landing or a crash. Right.

And bear in mind, I was actually under the impression, given the way the data was laying out, that we would be looking at a eulogy afterwards. Not something I wanted to contemplate anyway. And so the way it worked out, joe didn't die, okay, he was somehow quite miraculously not killed in this very bad plane crash. And his plane is totaled just like Smooshed. And anybody else that would have been with him in that plane would certainly have been killed in the process of them coming down.

First off, the plane would have been heavier, it would have been difficult to control, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Plus there would have been more bodies in the cab of that plane to impact all of the stuff that was flying around as they crashed. So the circumstances provided by universe were specific and obviously universe likes Joe because Joe did not die. Now, in the past there have been like maybe three or four of these things where Joe has popped up. Nothing as dramatic as a plane crash, though, right?

Now, also bear in mind that Joe had had this dream about cryptos, about bitcoin reaching 38,000 and then a very deep and profound crash. Well, we all thought he was talking about and he even thought we were talking about crashing of the bitcoin prices. And hey, maybe not. Maybe it was that the data is trying to tell or the dreams are trying to tell Joe that, hey, dude, when bitcoin reaches 38,000, shortly thereafter, you're going to crash, which is factually what had happened.

So does that mean that bitcoin is not going to crash? May very well mean that his dream on the, on the crashing of the bitcoin and all of that may not be as he has interpreted it.

Anyway. So I'm getting into town here, I've got to get ready to do other stuff. But anyway, so the nature of these sets are that Joe and his set, joe within his set with the crash, with the airplane, the landing, the darkness, it wasn't quite dark, but it was going to get dark and Joe was fearful of that darkness and trying to set the plane down. So he had to do it then couldn't wait another half hour, blah blah blah. So all of those things all those words were involved in, but so that has manifested now.

And the thing is that this was a temporal marker within Joe's data set. It has manifested. So this was an in the past temporal marker. That temporal marker and Joe's data set are cross linked to all these other data sets, right? Because they share commonality of words.

So in case, you know, we've got airplanes flying, crash, darkness, all of this kind of stuff and you'll find those words in other sets. And so if you follow those words that surrounded Joe and seem to describe this incident, then you can go and connect to other sets where they appear to be also describing those kinds of influences, also hitting other subject areas that are not joke. And so this is how the cross links influence and suggest that there's an interrelated relationship between manifestation of one thing, in this case Joe having an airplane fall on him and other so this is basically how I can, you know, we're at this particular point, right? And so within Joe's data set acting as a cross link reference point, we have all of these sets or all of this language about the influence of things at this time creating this splits happen, right? So if we look at it, we see that there's all kinds of ways you can apply this language to our current circumstances.

So Joe very definitely split himself from that airplane in so many different fashion, right, so many different facets planes destroyed, he's split from it, he's got to get rid of it, blah blah blah. He was thrown out of the thing or crawled out of it, but thrown out of his seatbelt. So it physically split away from him. And we keep looking, there's all of these cross connections linguistically to things that are going on. And so we see that the January 6 tapes have been let out and now we have the splits happen between the normies and the Democrats emerging as it comes out, that they created a fiction of an insurrection and all these people bought it.

And so you're going to have all kinds of emotional reactions to this. And this is all part of the splits happen which I've been talking about for a couple of months, that was going to impact media to the point that the normies are going to just walk away from media. And so we're in that phase now and we're getting the temporal markers of that happening. So you see splits happening between X or Twitter and their advertisers and the natural response to that, right? So that's one of the things I'm doing is that us guys are I've contacted Pure Bulk and we're going to advertise Pure Sleep and other pure bulk stuff on Twitter to support Twitter.

It's a really interesting platform to advertise on, too, in many different regards. And I can get into that at some other point.

So the splits are happening all over. People are splitting from the Congress in the sense that they're announcing that they're not going to run again. They're getting the fuck out because of course they know they're in deep shit, blah, blah, blah, right? So we're going to go through this period here, and it'll get to the point, I believe, where individuals like Jean Claude At Beyond Mystic and David Icke and Max Egan and all these kind of people, right? All of.

The woo, people will start getting big kick ups in the number of people that follow them and the number of people that watch their stuff to the point that it becomes something that has to be addressed by the mainstream media relative to the rest of social media. So as part of splits happen, when it is really manifest, when it's like, got the cap on, it will be when we get the language out that the mainstream media is saying, trying to alibi why all these people are suddenly listening to David Icke and his lizard talk, right, or Max Egan and his Gaza genocide talk. So if Max Egan starts getting thousands of new views to the point where it starts scaling up into the hundreds of thousands and the millions, it will get to the point where they will have to address the fact that all these people are watching him and getting this information. They'll have to call all of us out. They're going to have to get all over all of our cases.

Yada, yada, yada.

That's part of this split second, which, because of the nature of the cross links, has been confirmed among a number of other sets in the process of manifesting by the fact that Joe fell out of the sky and his airplane fell on him. That's just the way these data sets work. That's just the way the manifestations appear and our pre interpretation of them and then our analysis afterwards, putting it all together. So I'm never quite right. I'm never quite exact as to how this happens.

There's probably there were in that set around Joe. There probably were many. Well, I know there was a lot of language about crashing, but I never applied it to the flying because I was talking to Joe and he was applying it to the bitcoin and stuff. So you can get yourself really screwed up as you go along on this stuff if you're not careful. Anyway, I got to go and do stuff, lots of stuff to talk about.

I'll bring up something else later. Okay, guys, take care. Doing this a day early, obviously, because of Thanksgiving, and we got to get prepped for what's happening next week. All right? So talk to.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview – 07-11-2023

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Ep. 9  The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Episode Summary:

This piece discusses Tucker Carlson's criticism of perceived efforts to suppress masculine qualities in the United States and the broader impact on young boys. Highlighted is the controversial figure, Andrew Tate, who encourages self-improvement and masculinity, and was a major internet presence before being arrested in Romania, ostensibly for human trafficking. The allegations, accusing the Tates of coercing women into making monetized TikTok videos, are met with skepticism by Carlson, suggesting the charges might be a way to silence this counter-narrative. The piece ends by emphasizing the need to question such processes, pointing out that consent and free will can be undermined by state interventions.

The subject, named Andrew, has been incarcerated under serious charges which he claims are baseless. Accused of convincing girls to monetize their TikTok accounts, he maintains that there are no financial transactions linked to him. After seven months under house arrest, he was put in a Romanian jail for 92 days without any charge. Andrew suspects that the accusations of human trafficking against him, despite being baseless and denied by the alleged victims, are part of an attempt to slander his name due to his influence. The case is awaiting analysis by the Romanian judicial system.

Andrew Tate, currently residing in Romania, offers an introspective look at his experiences involving allegations of human trafficking, incarceration, and the subsequent toll on his mental health. Amidst the seriousness of the charges, he reflects on the ramifications on his life, highlighting the ease with which reputations are tarnished. He also emphasizes the changing public perception toward accusations, hinting at a society skeptical of truth in such cases. His stint in a Romanian prison was marked by harsh conditions, mental health issues, and his struggle to support his family from inside. Despite the dire situation, he remains hopeful, keeping his spirits up and valuing resilience above all else.

The discussion centers around the speaker's experiences in Romania amid geopolitical tensions and the role of the US embassy. The speaker, who is half British, half American, feels frustrated and homeless due to indifference from his home countries when he's accused of a crime in Romania. The speaker's controversial message of traditional masculinity is said to have led to his negative reception. This message advocates for men to have standards, boundaries, and to resist certain ideas. The speaker suggests that his influence poses a threat to those promoting 'slave programming', and he criticizes the weaponization of virtue against him. Despite adversity, he maintains that men should strive for virtuous relationships.

The speaker emphasizes the necessity of masculine excellence and self-improvement in a hyper-competitive world to resist societal pressures and manipulation. He criticizes individuals' blind acceptance of misleading information and encourages self-reflection, bravery, and non-compliance. He speaks about his personal belief in God and views life's challenges as divine tests to develop mental resilience. He argues that acknowledging and enduring pain and suffering can be formative experiences that shape a person's character. Lastly, he references Newton's law, implying that the presence of evil suggests the existence of an equal and opposite force of good, which he identifies as God.

The text describes the speaker's belief in God as a force of good in the world. They suggest there's a division in Western society between thinkers and those who unthinkingly follow trends, lacking a moral compass. They recount their personal experience during COVID, observing a nonchalant approach to the pandemic in Sweden compared to harsh lockdowns elsewhere. They express their shock at people's refusal to accept this contradictory reality. The speaker also discusses their legal troubles, believing they're targeted due to their controversial views that challenge mainstream narratives. They critique the UK for becoming increasingly authoritarian, a sharp departure from its reputation as a bastion of free speech.

The speaker criticizes UK's increasing legal impositions and deteriorating living conditions, including the fall in education standards and rise in crime rate. They argue Europe is dealing with similar issues, as governments focus more on suppressing voices discussing problems rather than addressing the issues themselves. They emphasize the disruption of power balances due to the feminization of native men and immigration of high testosterone men from the Third World, leading to a power vacuum. The speaker sees their personal legal troubles as a punishment for defiance against these societal changes. Despite legal troubles, they express love for Romania and believe that their predicament would have been the same anywhere in the Western world.

The speaker discusses the illusion of reality, comparing it to the Matrix, and the concept of agents keeping people from realizing the truth. They delve into the topic of how public perception is manipulated, using COVID as an example. The speaker stresses the importance of questioning narratives, discussing political events, including the situation in Ukraine and Russia, emphasizing that good and bad in wars aren't simple distinctions. They also recall their father, a chess master and former CIA linguist, whose predictions about the world's future, found in his Twitter feed, have proven prescient. Lastly, they argue that the U.S. interest in certain conflicts can be attributed to power and money.

The speaker discusses the perceived erosion of freedom and democracy, attributing it to powerful individuals or entities. He questions whether complying with societal norms and expectations genuinely leads to happiness or fulfillment, especially for men. He criticizes the current approach to men's mental health, advocating for a paradigm that includes pride and self-respect. He parallels his struggle to speak out against societal norms with a war, either against external injustices or internal discontentment. He emphasizes the importance of self-respect and dignity, and highlights his role as an influencer advocating for self-improvement, financial independence, and physical strength. He concludes by acknowledging potential repercussions but stands firm in his belief of benefiting the world.

The speaker reflects on the changing nature of media attacks and believes that these old tactics no longer work. They discuss their view on depression, arguing that it's a state of mind, not a condition, and how this belief has helped them maintain a resilient mindset. They suggest that depression is a tool for population control, preferring principled, energetic individuals. They also argue that depression is a sign that something in life needs to change, and transforming your life through hard work and dedication can alleviate feelings of depression. They emphasize the importance of having emotional motivation for significant tasks and change, and how discomfort can serve as a catalyst for self-improvement.

The text speaks about the necessity for men to change their mindset and confront their problems head-on, rather than succumbing to depression. The author emphasizes on the value of stoicism, self-improvement, and relentless competition, regardless of emotional state. It underlines the importance of maintaining a masculine support network and upholding principles of honor, hard work, and self-respect. It further criticizes societal norms that demotivate men and force them into loneliness, arguing that a man should be able to rely on himself and others' respect to navigate life successfully. It concludes by discussing the destructive effects of pornography and the misinterpretation of equal rights, contributing to the downfall of masculine virtue.

The speaker tackles issues of masculinity, sex, and porn addiction in today's globalized sexual marketplace. They advocate for "masculine excellence" as the answer to many of men's problems, including pornography addiction, loneliness, and being respected by peers. According to the speaker, men should strive to improve themselves rather than blaming societal conditions for their problems. They share their own journey from a difficult childhood to becoming a kickboxing world champion, emphasizing the importance of hard work, self-accountability, and dignity. The speaker also discusses the concept of leaving a lasting legacy, suggesting that success is not just a personal achievement, but also a responsibility towards one's family name.

The speaker discusses his views on women, emphasizing their power and his respect for them. He disagrees with the idea of unconditional compliance with women's wishes, arguing for a standard of mutual respect and accountability. He criticizes female promiscuity, arguing it has been historically and globally discouraged. The speaker claims he is often wrongly accused of misogyny due to his outspoken views and the misrepresentation of his content. He asserts that he has substantial support from women, contradicting the general accusation of him being misogynistic. The speaker also briefly discusses the issue of race, suggesting that societal elites are fueling racial division.

The speaker reflects on discrimination experienced due to being a straight male rather than due to his mixed race. He criticizes the victimhood narrative pushed by politicians like Kamala Harris, suggesting it's more destructive than empowering. Using examples from history, he dissects the global presence of slavery and argues that self-accountability, discipline, and hard work can propel anyone, regardless of race, to success. The speaker also appreciates physical fitness, especially for leaders, and shares his confusion at Joe Biden's popularity. Finally, he connects the hostility from a Wisconsin state senator to the issue of perpetual victimhood.

The speaker discusses the irony of a senator feeling oppressed and criticizing others for their better lives, indicating a division fueled by those in power. The speaker reveals his plans to become a climate change activist, acknowledging the hypocrisy of such a decision given his high-carbon lifestyle. He critiques the tokenistic meeting between Greta Thunberg and Zelensky, questioning its true purpose. Finally, he argues against climate change solutions that impose financial burdens on citizens and don't genuinely address the issue, calling such strategies 'Trojan horses'. He insists that his disagreement does not imply disregard for nature, but stems from a critical view of the legislation and the true intentions behind it.

The speaker discusses their charitable actions, and laments being judged negatively despite their efforts. They argue that strength, principles, and resilience are essential for doing good, while criticizing the modern culture's attack on "strong men" and promoting "weak men". They relate societal issues to weak men lacking emotional control, and committing destructive acts. The speaker also critiques mainstream media, the concept of 'fake news', and political incompetence, particularly referring to Putin and Biden. They link happiness with strength, arguing weak men can't be content. Lastly, they touch on women's roles as societal barometers, stating that women inherently desire strong men.

The text discusses societal expectations and issues from a male perspective. It argues that the decline of female happiness in the west is due to a lack of "real men" who can provide and protect, caused by societal decay and absence of morals and principles. The author expresses concerns over the impact of societal programming, suggesting women are more susceptible, leading to emotionally charged decisions. This susceptibility, coupled with the lack of strong, masculine leadership, allegedly leads to chaos and unhappiness in women's lives. Finally, the author warns against the societal push for female dominance, which he believes can be easily manipulated, leading to further societal issues.

The text explores diverse societal issues, centering on gender identity, societal expectations, and mental health. It challenges the concept of gender fluidity and the normalization of gender transitioning, suggesting a negative impact on mental health. It opposes the idea that gender is merely a social construct and highlights the distinct roles and strengths of both genders. It mentions how different cultures approach gender variance, as in the case of Thailand's "lady boys". The text voices concern over youth being pressured into life-altering decisions like gender reassignment, and the effect this could have on their future happiness. It emphasizes the importance of respecting biological realities and individual perceptions.

The text delves into various controversial subjects including identity, societal norms, cultural differences, and societal self-destruction. The author, who names himself King Andrew, criticizes Western societies for their supposed self-destructive tendencies, and their concern over identity politics and gender issues, which he perceives as distractions from real problems. He draws comparisons to the fall of Rome to underscore his point. Furthermore, he discusses the influence of the Internet and state on children, arguing for the right to instill his own values in his offspring. Lastly, he expresses concerns about the targeting of children by ideologies he sees as dangerous, suggesting a need for protection.

The speaker challenges notions of western patriarchy and criticizes ideologies that use manipulation, particularly of susceptible children, to spread their views. They argue that this approach, used by various factions including LGBTQ proponents, is akin to brainwashing and is unfair compared to challenging an informed adult. They link the proliferation of such ideas to a lack of real struggle in the west, implying that many seek out problems due to the relative comfort of their lives. Finally, they suggest that harsher conditions, such as a famine, would quickly dissolve these constructed issues and roles, with people reverting to traditional survival strategies.

The speaker argues for respecting men's role in protecting society, emphasizing historical gender roles as survival necessities. They challenge modern shifts towards feminizing men as untested, raising concerns about national competitiveness. The speaker endorses a high-protein diet, caffeine, and nicotine, associating the latter with testosterone and resistance to conformity. They theorize that society seeks to reduce testosterone to make men more compliant. Lastly, the speaker voices fears about the rise of digital currencies, viewing them as tools for total societal control, noting their potential use in tracking, and controlling spending habits, and expressing worry about the phasing out of physical cash.

The speaker shares his beliefs about societal control through financial dependency, suggesting this is the real reason behind his unpopularity. He argues that the government doesn't want its citizens financially independent because it's easier to control destitute people. The speaker challenges the perception of wealth as negative and suggests his financial success offers resistance to manipulation. He encourages his young followers to seek wealth and resist societal control. The speaker also claims governments desire absolute control over their citizens, likening it to a slow encroachment towards communism. He emphasizes the importance of a financially independent populace to resist this control.

#1950s #60s #6thGradeBoys #Accountability #Accusations #Adam #Adult #AfghanDefenseForce #Aggression #America #AmericanCitizen #AmericanInfluence #AndrewTate #AncestorPride #Arrogant #Attack #Authoritarian #Aztecs #Backbone #Balance #Barriers #Bathrooms #BBC #BeachfrontProperty #Belief #Benefit #Bigot #Bills #BlackSea #Blackbillionaire #Boundary #Boundaries #Brainwashing #Bravery #Bribe #British #BritishAmericanGovernments #BritishParliament #Brother #Bugatti #Burma #Camouflage #Camaraderie #Capitalism #CaptiveAudience #CarbonFootprint #Care #Case #Castration #Caucasian #Censorship #Change #charges #Chaucescu #Cheat #Chessmaster #Children #CIA #ClimateChangeActivist #ClimateChangeAwareness #Communism #Competition #Compliance #Consequences #Conviction #Coercion #Control #Controlled #ConversionTherapy #Corruption #Court #CourtCases #Cowardice #COVID #Crimea #CrimeRate #CriticalThinking #Cryptocurrency #Cuba #CulturalDifferences #Culture #Currency #Destructive #Defend #Defiance #Depressed #Depression #Destiny #DestructiveMindset #Dignity #Discipline #Discrimination #Dishonesty #Disparity #Diversity #Donation #Duty #EarlyWarningSystem #EconomicClass #EducationSystem #Emotion #EmotionalCoercion #EmotionalControl #EmotionalSecurity #EmotionalStability #EmpiricalEvidence #Enemy #Energy #EnergyCrisis #Englishflags #Englishman #Eunuchs #Europe #Evidence #Evil #EvolutionaryStandards #Exceptional #ExceptionalMan #Exercise #Expensive #FalseAccusations #FalseNarratives #Family #FarmAnimals #Father #FeedingChildren #FemaleHappiness #FeminineWoman #Feminism #Feminize #FinancialCrime #FinancialFreedom #FinancialProvision #FinancialSuccess #FinancialTransaction #ForeignCountry #FormativeExperiences #France #Fraud #FreeSpeech #Freedom #GenderAffirmingCare #GenderDifferences #GenderDysphoria #GenderIdentity #GenderRoles #God #Good #GoodGuy #Google #GretaThunberg #Guilt #Gym #Happiness #HardWork #HatePeddling #HeinousActs #Honor #Hope #House #HouseArrest #Hypocrisy #HyperCompetition #HyperCompetitive #Ideology #Ignorance #Impulsiveness #Incompetence #Individuals #Indoctrination #Influence #Influencer #Injustice #Innocence #Insanity #Internet #InternetArguments #InternetInfluence #Investigation #Invasion #IslamicLaw #IslamicWorld #Jail #JeffreyEpstein #Job #JoeBiden #Judges #Judgment #JulianAssange #JusticeMachine #KamalaHarris #KennedysMotorcade239 #KickboxingWorldChampion #KingAndrew #LadyBoys #Language #Law #Lawyer #Leadership #Legacy #LegalSystem #LGBTQ #Life #Lies #Linguist #LivingStandards #Loneliness #LongFormatContent #Longing #Love #LoveLetters #LoverBoyMethod #Lucy #Lukashenko #MaleSupportNetwork #MalleablePopulace #Marriage #MasculineExcellence #MasculineHappiness #MasculineIssues #MasculineMan #MasculineRole #Masculinity #Media #MediaAttack #MediaCoverage #MediaMachine #Medialaws #Medication #Men #MensMentalHealth #MentalChange #MentalHealth #MentalHealthProblems #MentalResilience #MentalState #Message #Migration #Mind #Mindset #MingDynasty #Misogynist #Misogyny #Misogynyaccusations #MixedRace #Morality #Motivation #Myanmar #Narrative #NationalSecurity #NatureConservation #NatureOfPeople #Negativity #NewsConsumer #NonCompliance #Obey #Obedience #Oppression #Outlawed #Outofcontext #Pain #Pandemic #Parameters #Patriarchy #Penalties #Perception #Performance #PhysicalCondition #PhysicalProtection #PhysicalStrength #PickupTruck #Playbook #Police #Porn #PornStar #Power #PowerGrab #PowerVacuum #Pride #PrideFlags #Principled #Principles #Prison #Programming #Propaganda #Protection #PTSD #Public #PublicConsciousness #Punishment #Putin #Question #Rational #Rebellion #Relationship #Resentment #Resist #Resistance #Respect #Responsibilities #Rich #RichCountry #RobertFKennedy #Romania #RomanianJudicialSystem #RomanianPopulation #RomanianPrison #Rome #Sarajevo #Saying #Security #Senator #Sex #SexCrime #SexualAccess #SexualEducation #SexualMarketplace #SexualOrientation #SexualRelationships #SickCountry #Silence #SingleMotherHousehold #Slander #Slavery #SlaveProgramming #SocialMedia #Society #SocietalDecay #SocietalDestruction #SocietalExpectations #SocietalNorms #SocietalPolarity #SocietalRoles

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Hey, it's Tucker Carlson. Imagine being a 6th grade boy in the United States right now. What are you hearing at school? What are they telling you on the Internet? Well, they're telling you to stop being yourself.

Sit still, stop joking. Suppress your aggression. Share your feelings. Obey. Female qualities are virtuous.

Masculine qualities are oppressive. That's the message. In case it wasn't clear enough, schools around the country have removed urinals from boys bathrooms. The male body itself is shameful. Sit down when you pee, like a good little girl.

Views like this are often called feminism or woke politics, but in fact they amount to mass conversion therapy, an attempt to change the fundamental nature of people. Nothing like this has ever been attempted at scale. It's one of the most grotesque and destructive experiments in human history. What would it be like to find yourself the subject of that experiment as a boy trying to become a man during the biden years? Well, you might kill yourself.

Many have. You might decide to reject your own manhood and embrace androgyny or even switch sexes. Girls are better. Fine, I'll become one. Or more likely, you might simply withdraw into porn and weed and video games and give up on your life before it's begun.

You might retire at 19, a less dramatic form of suicide. All around us, this is happening. Noticing it is forbidden. But that does not make it any less real. So it's probably not surprising that Andrew Tate was the most Googled man in the world last year.

He offers a different vision. Tate is a former professional kickboxer who, about a decade ago, began posting advice to young men on social media. Tate's view is that men want respect above all. It's how they're wired. In order to get respect, men must become worthy of it.

They must become more impressive. Wake up early. Work as hard as you can. Stay sober. Find God.

Keep yourself physically fit. Don't complain that's his worldview. Earlier generations of Western leaders might have found parts of Tate's message inspiring. Now it's seen as a threat. The media treated him like a criminal up until the day he was officially classified as one.

Just after Christmas last year, tate and his brother Tristan were arrested and thrown into prison in Romania, where they live. The Tates were held without charges for three months, very likely with the encouragement of the British and American governments. In June, they were charged with human trafficking. They're now under house arrest until their trial. Are the Tates guilty of human trafficking?

We're not their lawyers, but it's worth noting that as of today, not a single woman has come forward to say that she was kidnapped or imprisoned or moved across international borders against her will by Andrew or Tristan Tate. It's also true that in some ways, the charges against the Tates seem inevitable, like they were always going to happen. Accusing a man of a sex crime is the fastest possible way to discredit what he's saying. Days after WikiLeaks revealed that the US government had been spying on its allies and lying about it, julian Assange was arrested in London for rape. Nine years later, prosecutors dropped the case against Assange for lack of evidence, though somehow that fact was not as widely covered.

Is that what's happening here? Again, we don't know. Jeffrey Epstein's dinner partners insist that Andrew Tate is a pervert and a criminal. Maybe they're telling the truth. Either way, we think Tate's views about men very much deserve a hearing.

So we flew to Romania to talk to him. We're posting the entire interview here on Twitter because we've been assured it will not be taken down for ideological reasons, as so much of his content has been. The video is long, but if you can take the time to watch it, make up your own mind about Andrew Tate. Here it is. So what are you charged with?

That's a really good question. I'm charged with being the head of an organized criminal group which is in charge of recruiting girls to make TikTok videos to steal the money from the TikTok views. Recruiting girls to make TikTok videos and stealing the money. So it's really a financial crime? It looks that way.

And it's very interesting because the girls who they've identified to add to the file are saying that we're not victims of anything and this isn't true. But the state believes it's true. And the state thinks that I, as a 35 year old man, woke up, I was already extremely financially successful. I was already a father, I was already very well known. I had no financial motivation.

I have no criminal record. It's not my personality profile. But I woke up the age of 35 and decided to make girls do TikTok to enrich myself with the pennies that I would earn from TikTok views. So in the United States, I think the belief is that you were charged with human trafficking. Yeah, that's human trafficking, because what you do is you force a girl to work against her will for financial gain.

That's human trafficking. And their justification for this is that girls do TikTok. Some girls I know, who they found, who say they're not victims, have TikTok accounts. How do you force someone to do TikTok videos? I guess the prosecutor is going to have to explain that, isn't he?

It's a very interesting scenario I'm in, and I'm inside of Romania, so I have to show a degree of respect to the Romanian judicial system, and I have to show a degree of respect to the situation I'm in. But the overall charge is that there's an organized criminal group. There's a group of us. I'm the head of it. My brother is the below me.

And we use the lover boy method to convince women to do TikTok videos to make money so that we can steal the TikTok money so there's no just to be clear, you are not accused of pandering, of pimping, forcing women to have sex with anybody? No, not forcing to have sex, not restraining their movement, not stopping them from living a full life, but the fact that we are somehow convincing them to have TikTok, very interesting. I don't think but there's no actual I'm asking you this because I do think it's a widespread belief that you were accused of pimping. Yeah. That has nothing to do with any of this case.

Absolutely nothing. And it's kind of scary, because the crime in itself of human trafficking is a unique one, because they can ignore the statement of the victim. So the girls have come forward and said, this is insane. You've just picked us because we're near andrew and we're his friends. But the whole idea of the crime is they can say that she's brainwashed.

Right. She's under duress. So you can ignore her statement. State says she's a victim regardless of the fact that she says she's not a victim. So it's very interesting because the difference between sex and rape is consent.

Right, right. But they remove all of that. They're like, nope, you're a victim. No matter what you say, we're deciding you're a victim. And they've chosen them.

And of course, these girls do nothing pornographic. They've never had sex with anyone, nothing to do with that. So they've picked TikTok. So it's scary. Imagine you're a full grown man anywhere in the world today, they can find two girls who have TikTok on their phone, which is every single female on the planet, and they can accuse you of forcing them to take the TikTok money.

And even if the girls say they didn't do that, this isn't true, then you're still a human. But force, what does that consist of? Forcing someone to do something? Are they accusing you of using violence? No, they're accusing me and this thing they're accusing me of using the lover boy method, coercing them by being nice.

By the way, these charges presumably are public, so they're public, and this is extremely serious, but if you actually analyze the overall case against me, they're saying that andrew and his brother, by being nice men, convinced girls to have TikTok accounts and then take the money. And it's very interesting, because inside of the entire case file, there's not a single financial transaction to us for money. What are the penalties? They're extremely severe. Five to ten years in jail.

And I've already served coming up now, seven months in a form of jail. They can only you are essentially incarcerated right now. Absolutely. I'm on house arrest, and that counts as jail. You can only be held six months without charge.

I was initially picked up, thrown in a cell without charge, and I think the intention of the entire investigation at that point was to find the crime, because they had very, very weak evidence. They contacted 2000 people who know me or knew me. They tried very hard to convince some female somewhere to come forward and say something bad about me. The media machine, which works hands in hands with the justice machine, as you know very well, did exactly that. In fact, they offered bribes.

Effectively. They'd call up ex girlfriends and say, if you have anything bad to say about Andrew, we can pay you $50,000 for the story. And they tried very hard. They didn't find any evidence of anything. They then released me on house arrest.

And then two days before the legal limit in which they had to drop everything, they charged me with whatever they had from the beginning, which is very little. And now we have to wait for the Romanian judicial system to analyze the file and, God willing, throw it away. How long did you spend in jail? I was in jail for 92 days in a Romanian jail cell. What was that like?

It was certainly interesting experience. I won't lie and say it was easy. It was certainly very difficult, the uncertainty of it. It's a very uncertain situation to be picked up on just before New Year's Eve and thrown in a cell without charge. And I'm asking different prison guards and different prisoners, how long am I going to be here?

One prisoner is like, I've been here two years. I was like, have you been charged? He goes, yeah, but I haven't gone to court yet. Like, everyone's been there for years. I thought I was going to be there for years.

And it certainly takes a mental toll on you. And I think jail is a different experience when you know you're innocent. When there was a guy in there for murder, he's like, yeah, I murdered someone. I'm in jail. You can kind your soul and your mind accept the punishment for a crime, but when you've actually done nothing wrong, I think jail is a lot harder.

Did you know why you were there? Not initially. So for about the first two weeks, I never actually got told in English what I was accused of because I was arrested on December 29. There's new York. What were the circumstances of that?

Yeah, December, armed guards ran in this house. They spent all day searching the entire house. They were very interested in electronics, as most federal agencies are. And then they took me that evening and said, we're going to go and put you in jail for 24 hours. And after 24 hours, you see a judge, and the judge will decide if you stay in jail.

And the judge decided I should. What did you do? I mean, did you make who'd you call? I had a lawyer, and my lawyer came and he said, we need to analyze the case file. When you see what they have against you, you're being accused of human trafficking.

It's like, human trafficking? That's insane. Who? When? What?

I went to jail. And then I was given all this paper in Romanian. I don't speak Romanian, although I live here. And then I was waiting for the translation. So I think it's about two weeks before I finally got the papers in English to understand why I was in a jail cell.

And then I really understood how insane the accusations were. What is human trafficking? Yeah. So the overall, my understanding of it, they're saying that human trafficking is when you convince a woman to do something she doesn't want to do for financial gain. And there's different methods.

You can do that. You can do that through force, and you can also do that through emotional coercion. I think most people, just speaking from the American perspective, most people believe that human trafficking is effectively slavery, selling human beings. And that's what I believe as well. Absolutely.

And this is the thing that's so interesting. When you finally end up the enemy of the matrix and they use the legal system as a weapon to punish you for having an opinion, you realize how subjective the law is, right? Because it can be a weapon when you have something subjective. You can just pick and choose. So if they sit and say, ah, human trafficking is a woman doing something for financial gain against her will via emotional coercion.

Well, he knows these two girls. They have TikTok, emotional coercion, convincing her that's what I'm accused of because they have no proof of me doing anything wrong. So they said, he's convinced these girls to do TikTok for money. The girls have said themselves have said this is not true, and the state is denying their statement, saying, no, you're brainwashed, it is true, and I went to jail. So how is the state so the state is trying to coerce the women.

So how is the state not committing human trafficking by the same definition? Absolutely. It's very interesting. It's very interesting that you can sit someone down and tell them they're a victim when they say they're not a victim. You're a victim of being coerced, and we're going to try to coerce you into conceding you were coerced.

Exactly. It's a very interesting scenario. Okay. Yeah, it's a very interesting scenario. Up until this point, no judge has looked at the evidence of the case.

So up until this point, I've been to court a bunch of times, but the only reason I was in court was to discuss my preventative detention. So under Romanian law, if you being free can impede the investigation, you should stay in jail. So the judge agreed that, yeah, maybe if he's free, he can damage this investigation because they're trying very hard to get something on this guy. So I've done a bunch of jail time, and now it just begins. The judge is going to look at the case and like I said, God willing, I still have enough faith in the Romanian judicial system that she's going to look at this and go, this is not a crime.

You're aware of the media coverage of this, however, so you're in jail for 90 days or more, and the rest of the world is talking about you. Do you know what they're saying? They're saying very heinous things. And I would hate to come across as a conspiracy theorist, Tucker, but I kind of have a feeling that this might be something to do with my influence and an attempt to slander my name. Perhaps I'm crazy, but the fact that they chose such a heinous crime and they reported it so heavily, and they won't shut up and keep repeating, basically a slander attack day after day after day.

Also, considering the fact that other people who genuinely commit heinous crimes have far more favorable press coverage, I don't want you to think I'm a conspiracy theorist. Please, Tucker, I would hate for you to come here and call me crazy, but something very strange about it, and I think the what, when Jeffrey Epstein's friends call you Immoral yeah. The goal of it is certainly to slander my name, and I like to see it as a litmus test. I like to see it as an intelligence test. Anybody who wakes up and looks at me and goes, he's a human trafficker.

Because of TikTok, they're fully gone. But from the west, just to defend the average news consumer in the west, sure. Andrew Tate kind of an outlaw, lives in some palace in Romania, wherever that is. And Romania sounds like the kind of place where human trafficking is like the main industry. A lot of it happens here.

That's what's so crazy about it. Right. What's so crazy is, if they really want to find a human trafficker, I think they could probably do it quite easily, but they managed to get me. That's certainly the perception, but it's one of those charges that kind of sells itself. Oh, absolutely.

And it doesn't matter if you're found guilty or not, right. You're a human trafficker forever. But I do think that public consciousness is changing. I think with things like, there's been some very large court cases recently involving some very famous people in which women were caught lying, trying to slander men's names for rape and these kinds of things, and I don't think people believe it anymore. But that scares me to a degree, because I think that the typical weapon, the standardized playbook is now failing.

And know what the new playbook is going to be? Almost like better the devil. You know that you're too famous, you're too successful. We don't like you. Call him a rapist or a human trafficker, put him all over the news, slander his name, try and wreck his life.

Now that nobody believes it, what's the next move? What are they going to try next? Wouldn't it just have been easier to commit, like, a massive financial crime and defraud people of billions come up with like a fake cryptocurrency, call it like, I don't know, FTX, or just give a name to it and then random steal billions and get your parents involved and buy a bunch of real estate in the Bahamas. And then you'd be sort of a hero, right? Oh, absolutely.

And I would have certainly made a lot more money than TikTok because I don't think TikTok even pays you for views. And if it certainly does, I never got a single transaction from it. So it's a very interesting scenario. But if I was accused of a financial crime, my name would not be slandered. No, well, of course not.

You have the presumption of innocence. So just back to the jail thing. So you're in with your brother? At the beginning I was not, but towards the end I was. Yeah.

What did you do all day? It's a good question. I looked at the wall, stared at the wall, smoked cigarettes, lots of push ups, read the Quran. You smoked cigarettes, did push ups and read the Quran? Basically, yes.

And certainly had some introspective moments. Tried my best to get out. Tried my best to, via my small phone calls, understand what's happening in the outside world. Tried to make sure that the people I love and care about are taken care of. Because I'm the man of my family.

And I'm also the man of quite a large I wouldn't say empire, but life. And there's a whole lot of people who rely on me. You have staff and families, you have children and family feeling. Yeah. So when you're plucked from that, it's kind of strange.

You're in jail and you're concerned for yourself, but your primary concerns are also all your duties as a man. I have duties as a man. I don't want children to starve. You've got a whole tribe. I've got people to pay.

So it was very, very frustrating. Constantly trying to make sure everybody else was okay and feeling helpless. That's what hurt me the most. I was trying to make sure everybody I love and care about was fine and I wasn't as powerful as I should have been. And that was very upsetting.

And especially if they were going to keep me there for years, I was having serious concerns about how I can feed the people I love. Did you ever come to the edge at all? No. I certainly had. Some days I was less happy than others, but I made sure that my mindset was built in a way that I could always be doing something constructive.

And also, I think you get what you give in life. And if I ever felt particularly sad on a day, I would try very hard to make other people happy, because if I made other people smile, I'd feel better. So even the dinner ladies or the prison guards, I'd try very hard just to make people smile. I know it sounds silly, some of the prison guards some of the prison guards were more open than others. But there was a couple of prison guards who were ice cold, who didn't want to say a word to me and like, hey, bro, your hair looks amazing, and you just stare at me like, he wants shut up.

But I just try my best to cheer people up, to cheer myself up. And as a man, all you can do is just find the resolve to continue. You doing the best you can in this current circumstance. What were the other prisoners like? I don't want to insult Romania in any way.

And I love this country and I chose to live here. But if I had to describe it for the people, for an American audience to understand, I don't think Romania and a lot of these countries have the same kind of mental health set up or the mental health support that a lot of Western nations have. So you end up in jail. So I think there was a lot of mental health problems inside the jail. So it was very similar.

It wasn't just a jail. There was also a lot of mental health problems in there, which adds a new complexity and a new dimension to the suffering, because there's just random screaming and there's suicide, and it's certainly not a very nice place to be. Oh, so it's horrifying. Yeah. I don't want to go back.

You hear the phrase Romanian prison, and it sounds tough, so it was what you would imagine it is. And when this process is over, there's a lot more I will say. But I will say the staff were very nice to me. And I want to make this clear. I want to make it very clear that all the staff in the jail were very professional and very nice to me.

I would almost say that they believed I was innocent and they understood that I didn't belong there. There was a semi apologetic vibe to the way I was treated by the guards, if that makes sense. Yes, they understood very well. I don't think anybody, like I said, with a functioning brain, believes that me, at the age of 35, decided to steal TikTok money and ruin my entire life without financial motivation to girls who say they're not victims of anything. I don't think anybody with a brain well, the fact that you're not accused of a sex crime or of violence, which I think most people don't really understand, and they can look it up, but you're not actually accused of rape.

Correct. Selling anyone? Correct. Pimping. Correct.

Okay. That right there raises a lot of questions. Yeah. And this is the thing that's so interesting, because I'm accused of using a method of human trafficking called the lover boy method. So how that would traditionally work is a man would meet a girl, become her boyfriend, take her to another country, turn her into a prostitute say, I love you like pimping, of course.

But they're saying because all my conversations with these girls are very nice, they're saying that I use the lover boy method to convince them to do TikTok. And once again, I never made a penny from TikTok, and I have no interest in girls TikTok accounts, and I've never made any money from TikTok in my life. So that right there, I think we can let people assess. I'm not an expert on the Romanian legal code, but that's kind of not the impression that most people have, and that's the media who have made that very the media have tried very hard to do that. And if I had to estimate, I think that the overall intention was just to throw me in a cell, use the media machine to drum up something real.

I think that's what the goal was. I believe that obviously one thing I've never been to Romania before, and one thing I'm struck by is the American presence here. Oh, it's massive. Fully understand that. So there are three NATO bases here now.

They're bustling because of the war in Ukraine, one's on the Black Sea, right below Crimea. So this is strategically important, this country, to NATO. Absolutely. And so this is a lot less far away than I realized. It's much more American influence.

Oh, absolutely. Played a role. Yeah. Well, I think, and I don't want to get this incorrect, I think it's the second or third biggest US embassy in the world. The US embassy here looks like a prison.

It's huge. They've got a huge embassy here. And even during Chaucescu, during the communism days, romania was an ally of the west. Even during communism? Yes.

Chaucescu came to New York. Yes, that's right. Yeah. So Romania and America have been very good friends for a very long time.

I have to be careful what I say, but it's certainly very interesting what's happened to me. The American embassy were not particularly helpful, let's put it that way. They weren't very interested in me being locked up without charge. They didn't seem very interested in getting me out. But you're an American citizen.

Absolutely. So you're an American passport holder. Correct. So I think the average American believes, perhaps falsely, that if you're accused of a crime in a foreign country, particularly a less developed country like Romania, you go to the US embassy and someone takes an interest in your case just to make sure that your treatment falls within accepted standards of justice. Yeah, they came to see me, but when I was asking them what they can actually do about all of this, they weren't particularly helpful.

I don't want to pedal conspiracy theories, and I've heard a lot of information, et cetera, but I wouldn't say they sanctioned it. I don't know if they had to sanction it, but something they weren't particularly interested in getting me out, but at least they came to see me more than once. I mean, they kind of pretended to care. The UK Embassy didn't even pretend to care. The UK embassy was I really think they enjoyed it.

You're a British subject as well. Correct. And this is the kind of thing, and I want to say this here, that's kind of frustrating for me, because Romania is my home now for seven years. But I'm half British, half American originally, and when something like this happens to you, you have this longing for home. You kind of want to go home when you end up in a jail in a country where, even though you've lived for a long time, you don't speak the language, you don't understand the legal system.

Going to court in a foreign language is far more intimidating than in your own language. You don't have a clue what's being said, you don't understand how anything works. And then you kind of have this longing for home. But I feel like my home countries hate me and they hate me because of my message, which I believe to be a positive message. So you kind of have this strange feeling of homelessness, because it's like, well, if I go to the UK, I believe they're going to attack me the same.

If I go to America, I believe they're going to attack me the same. So where do you go? It's kind of scary. Where do you go? Good question.

We're going to have to see it. How did you wind up here? I moved to Romania. I came to visit a long time ago, before anybody ever visited Romania. I came to visit and I genuinely fell in love with the place.

It truly is a fantastic country. I love nature as an amazing nature. It's a very safe place. It has this reputation of being dangerous. It's not dangerous, it's very safe.

The people are very good. The people are very conservative. Traditionally, it's almost like America was 2030 years ago. It's gorgeous. They have a bunch of nice restaurants and plenty of things to do.

And I've never had a problem here in any way, never had any issue with the law or with the other side criminals, nothing, until this came out of nowhere. So it's been very strange. So what is it about your message? Do you think that infuriates certain people? Well, my message is traditional masculinity.

My message is to stand up and say what you mean and mean what you say. And even going to the gym nowadays is an act of defiance, because when you have a man who's built with any degree of principle, you say no to things. And I think if I have to analyze my message and why I'm so disliked by the people who dislike me, it's not the things I'm saying, it's the fact that if you adhere to my principles and you adhere to the things I say, you end up being the kind of person who. Will resist certain ideas. You say no.

What kind of man never says no? Name? A man who never says no. Men say no, right? Men wake up and say, no.

I don't think that should be done this way. No, my children will not be taught that. No father's primary job. Absolutely. So when you say to men, listen, you're allowed to have an opinion, you're allowed to have standards, you're allowed to have boundaries and barriers.

You're allowed to get up and become important and work hard and try hard and become the kind of man who can't be controlled, then you're seen as an enemy. And especially with the massive influence I've gained, I think they look at me and go, ah, he's helping men resist the slave programming. We don't need him around. We need to empty their brains so we can inject the slave programming and convince men to be eunuchs. Because once you're eunuched, then you're not a threat.

I think I buy that, because your message I'm not the world's expert on your message, but I've seen a lot of it, and it's not explicitly political, actually. No, it's not political at all. And their original attack before this Matrix attack is they weaponized virtue, which is what they usually do. There's no genuine virtue inside of these people. They weaponize virtue.

They find a virtue and they turn it to a bullet and they shoot at you. I'm sure you know very well. Yeah, I've heard. Yeah, I was a misogynist for the longest time just for saying that men should have standards. If you tell a man he could have standards in a relationship in any way, you're a misogynist.

It's actually very interesting because what does that mean, to have standards in a relationship? But this is the thing that's so interesting about it, because they've gendered the argument when I never did. I said, as a man, you shouldn't have a girlfriend who is a liar and a cheater, and you also shouldn't have male friends who are liars and cheaters. You shouldn't be around dishonest people, male or female men, and they gendered it and said, he's a misogynist. He's saying that men should only act this way with women, et cetera.

I said that men should have standards and you should have protocols that you're prepared to accept and you should have hard parameters. And if a woman doesn't want to adhere to those parameters, that's her decision and it's her prerogative. But you don't have to stay with her. Why should you? What's wrong with that?

Well, that's teaching men to say no. They don't want men to say no. So are you arguing that it's better to be with a virtuous woman? I think so, yes. I know that's.

No, I'm serious.

It seems like good advice. I don't want to come across as extreme, but yes, I am. And what's actually funny is I really believe most of the things I'm saying were accepted by absolutely everybody 15 years ago, ten years ago, and now it's public enemy number one. And it's because of the mass influence I have. At one point.

I became the most Googled man on Earth at one point. And it's a scary situation I'm in if you're arguing that it's really important for a man to find a good woman, a decent woman, an honest woman, that's the truest thing that's ever been said. Absolutely. That's the most important thing any man can do. I mean, I can just tell you firsthand, oh, thank you very much.

Married 32 years, that's the most important thing. And you think saying that anger to people? Absolutely, because I'm arguing the only way to do that is via masculine excellence. I'm saying in the world we live in today, it's hyper competitive. And if you want to be the kind of man that has the choice of women to choose a good one, you need to be an excellent man.

It's no longer acceptable for you to just be an average Joe or below average. You have to get up and you have to work hard and you have to be smart and interesting and you have to be charismatic and make some money and be in good shape, and you have to try very hard. And unfortunately for them, if you follow that path as a man and you become successful in those realms, you end up being the kind of person who resists enslavement. You become the kind of person who wakes up and says, no, I don't believe in that. That doesn't make sense to me.

I can't imagine a better message than that if you want a good society. So then you have to argue and sit and say, do these people want a happy, functioning society or do they want something else? What do you think? I think that I would never kill myself. And I also just throwing that out there.

And I also think that when you want to conquer a society, you kill the military aged males. That's what you do. That's the first thing they've ever done. They walk in and all the men have to have their throats cut. They can't perhaps do that, but they can certainly cut your balls off, and then you can't resist.

And I think there's certainly a movement to ensure that there's very little resistance left inside of the number one demographic which is required to resist oppression, which are military age males. And they don't want those kind of people waking up with any kind of self respect or standards or to say, no, I don't accept this. I do not need a 9th injection. They don't want that. They want you to sit and say, I don't need it.

But the news said so. Oh, well. So in the one interview that you and I did, you had a line that I've been thinking about ever since. I thought it was so interesting. I never thought of it before.

You said that a lot of people went along with the facts and that you didn't judge them because facts change. But now that we know that a lot of what we were told was wrong and some of it was a lie, it is a requirement of your own dignity, of your own self respect to say so completely and people should apologize. I really do believe, and I have nothing against the people who fell for the propaganda and I fell for the programming. Yes, I agree. Fine.

But you should wake up and say, I was fooled. I've learned my lesson. I will not be fooled again. But if you were fooled by the MSM and took the injection and you continued to be fooled and you have not self reflected and you have not realized that they lied to you the entire way and you now believe the new bunch of lies are all over the television, then there's something wrong with you. Or you don't care that you were lied to.

You don't care that you were lied to because you I think a lot of this is actually genuinely cowardice. I think it's a very easy worldview. The life is easier if you accept the news tells the truth. Yes, everything they want me to believe is true. Everything's nice and simple, good guys, bad guys do.

And if you want to actually wake up, it takes a degree of bravery because then you have to destroy your entire worldview, everything you've ever understood and everything you're told, and you have to really look at the world and go, oh, this is a mess. And that takes bravery. And once again, that's why they don't want men to be brave. They want you to sit there and go, oh, it's easier if just, you know, CNN said so. It must be true.

And it's cowardice. And they're trying to instill cowardice in all of us. That's what they're trying very hard to do. And I think even just me as a person, the people who hate me, my detractors, who dislike me so much, even if I say nothing, I just turn up, big, bald, strong, fast car. It's just me.

I'm like the enemy to them because I symbolize men who don't comply and not don't comply in a negative, law breaking way, but don't comply. If we don't agree with that or we don't see common sense in that, we're going to politely decline. And that's simply not allowed. What's it like to have the prospect of prison hanging over you? I think that I like to believe that this is a test from God.

I like to believe that if you become the most Googled man in the world for saying that you have mental resilience, that God is going to make sure you don't have that degree of fame without testing you. I like to believe that God comes along and says, yes, I've allowed you to become the top g. We're going to see if you really are the top g. I believe that's how the world works. It's certainly intimidating, especially knowing you're completely innocent, but I believe it's a test, and I believe it's my job to pass the test for my ancestors and for people watching over me and for God.

And I think I have to do the absolute best I can possibly do in the scenario and the circumstance. Regardless of whether I win or lose, I still believe I'm going to win because I've seen the case file and I've seen that no laws have been broken. But even in the very unfortunate circumstance that this Matrix attacks goes deep enough to throw me into a jail cell, I think I should handle it like a man. I think I should stay and finish the process and I should walk with my head held high and suffer as much as I need to suffer to stick by my convictions and know that I'm an innocent person. And I refuse to break, I refuse to cry, I refuse to be depressed about it.

I'm going to wake up and I'm going to smile regardless. And regardless of what happens to me, I want everyone to know that, one, I would never kill myself, and two, I think that as a man, there's always going to be a degree of pain and suffering in your journey. I don't think you're ever going to become a successful man or be good at being a man without pain and suffering. And there's many times in my life where something terrible happened to me. And at the time, if I could change it, I would have.

But retrospectively, you kind of look back and go, you know what? That was formulative for me. That's right. That is what God decided I needed to become who I became. So all of the pain and all the suffering I've ever gone through in my life ended up, in the end, building me into the person I am.

And I'm proud of who I am. So if God decides I need to go back to a Romanian dungeon for however many days, then all I can do is accept it and accept his plan and accept that it's going to make me a better person. So you see the hand of God in your life? Absolutely. I think that he is the best of planners.

And like I said, if you retrospectively analyze all the times in life you wish you could have changed things, he knew better, and I'm going to have to accept that. When did you conclude that? I think I guess I always kind of knew I was atheistic for a while when I was younger. But as you get older, you start to look at the world and understand that the thing for me was actually, I guess, a scientific principle. It was Newton's law of equal and opposite force.

If there is evil in the world, and I'd like to think we both agree there certainly is. Yes, there has to be an equal and opposite force which is good. And I would like to think of that as God, even the idea of God as a notion, even just as a concept, if that idea of God resists evil, then God is real. If you have two islands, you have two people, let's say a ship crashes and you have two people who swim to two different islands, and one island, they're atheists savages, and they rip you apart, and the other island, you get there and they believe in God, and they believe they're not allowed to kill you. Even just their idea of God, god saved your life.

So I think even just a concept of God in and of itself, if enough people believe and it makes them do good, then God must be true. And that's the equal and opposite force to the evil of the world. And this is how I view it. So I don't see how anybody with a conscience cannot believe in God anymore. That's such a profoundly different worldview from the one that we're presented with, I think.

Do you think that's maybe the division in the west between people who see those forces at work and those who don't, I think the west is actually split between people who think and people who don't think at all. I think that people there there are there's no such thing as these two opposing worldviews. I think people believe there's worldview A and worldview B. I disagree with that. I think there's worldview a the good guys, which are primarily people who do believe in God, do have parameters, do believe in standards, do believe in self respect, do know how to say no, and there's worldview B, which changes day by day regarding based on what they're told, which means they have no real worldview at all.

They just repeat, and they have no standards, and they have no parameters. There's nothing you can tell them that will make them wake up and go, that's wrong, because they have no inherent morality. So you can literally, you can say bestiality is accepted and encouraged. Now, it's good for you because for climate change. And they'll sit there and go, oh, for climate change, well, off we go.

And they'll just do it. So I think you have a camp of people who think, and you have a camp of people who repeat. And I don't think there's actually the opposing side to the good, I don't think function as a thinking populace at all. I think they simply repeat. It feels like the conflict between those two groups is getting more intense.

It's certainly getting more intense. And it was interesting for me because and I want to be an optimist, but I lost so much faith in humanity during COVID If you would have told me how COVID would have gone down before COVID I'd say, no way, we're not that bad. I thought, the people aren't that dumb. But when I experienced COVID, it's actually scary. You see how the Nazis managed to do what they did.

You see how they managed to put people in concentration camps. You see it. And I had a very unique view of COVID because in the first days of COVID when people were falling over in China and the Italian hospitals were overrun at the height of the panic, when most people believed because it was the very beginning, early stages. My brother and I had a very logical conversation and said, we're two military aged men in very good physical condition. If we die of this the world's over, if it can kill us, it's zombie apocalypse, so why are we going to live in fear?

So we found the only two countries that were open, which were Sweden and Belarus. We had just been to Belarus, this is before the Ukraine war. We'd just been there. We decided to try Sweden. So for the first three months of COVID during the height of lockdowns, when Florida was closed, when it was absolutely I remember, yeah, when it was the craziest lockdowns, globally, me and Tristan are in Sweden in absolute freedom.

They had no restrictions, no masks, no vaccine passports, no social distancing, nightclubs are full lunch, restaurants are open, perfectly complete, normal society. Nobody talks about this anymore, nobody talks about weight. Sweden never did a thing. Everything functioned perfectly fine the entire time and they don't have it. Where's their mass?

Where's their illness of severe their winter of severe illness and death? They never had one. It's a cold country. Never had one. So we were living in Sweden, living completely normal lives, seeing everyone, seeing the internet and seeing this insanity.

And we're like, well, surely if we just put up a few videos of us partying in Sweden, in nightclubs, this will wake people up. People didn't want us. People ignored their own eyes. That's the scariest thing about everything, is that they can get to a level where with the media machine, where people will genuinely ignore their own eyes. I don't understand how you can get people so brainwashed that they will see that the sky is blue and then they'll watch that the sky is green and then they'll look at it again and go, sky's green.

It's crazy to me, but COVID proves they can do that and that's why the war is getting so intense, because the principled people are saying, how can you still believe in the things that you're saying? Here is all the logical, empirical evidence that that is a lie. But these people are ideologically brainwashed and they don't want to take enough. They don't have the bravery it takes to wake up and accept that they're being lied to. So they'd rather, just to the end of time, repeat what they're told.

And it becomes more and more intense as it becomes more and more ridiculous. This is scary. As it becomes more and more ridiculous, the more intense both sides get. Yes. Right.

So what the future holds, I'm not entirely sure, but I like to believe even my current charges, I found solace when I was in jail. That the thinking. People are looking at this going, Something about this doesn't seem right. Well, I mean, it is a little bracing. I mean, when I discovered I mean, I was sympathetic to you already, but a man's accused of human trafficking, it's worth finding out what he's accused of.

And when I discovered that there was no actual human trafficking charge, that's not actually human trafficking, I don't care what you call it, you weren't buying. Even accused of buying and selling anyone, then the next conclusion you inevitably reach is, they don't like the guy, they don't like his views. Fine. They're going to send him to jail for that. That does seem like an escalation.

Absolutely. But if they don't like your views and you're inspiring millions of people to resist slave programming, you become a threat like they discuss me. But you can't send a guy to jail because you disagree with him. You shouldn't. But even before I went to jail, the members of Parliament in the UK were talking about me and what a dangerous role model I am for young boys.

So they launched this initiative inside of British schools to ban me. My name can't be said inside of any British school. And members of Parliament were standing up in Parliament saying, Andrew Tate is dangerous. He's encouraging young boys to have misogynistic views, because I'm literally telling young men to go to the gym and to stand up for themselves and believe believe in themselves and believe in something. And by extension, you look at some of the sexual education books these children are being given, which I believe in age nine, I don't think a child needs to learn about anal sex or any of these things.

Probably not. Yeah, probably not. So they're pushing that to the children, but I'm banned. Well, they're also pushing weed and video games on boys. Oh, completely.

And you can listen to rap music about killing people all day long. And there's a whole and little nas. He can have sex with the devil in his music videos, that's fine. But I'm dangerous for saying, go to the gym. And once I realized what was scary to me is I said this to my brother, I said, Once the Parliament is discussing you, you're basically considered a national security threat at this point.

You're a threat to national security at that level. And then all bets are off. Right. So the UK has become more authoritarian than anywhere in the Persian Gulf. Correct.

How did that happen? Yeah, like I said, it's very interesting because people still the people on Camp B who don't think a lot of them believe that the law is fair. I've had people say to me, oh, yeah, what they're doing to you is garbage. You need a lawyer. Yeah, I do need a lawyer, and I do have a lawyer, thank you.

But it's not that simple, unfortunately, the law is very subjective and if they want to attack you with it, they're going to do a very good job of attacking you with it. And that's what the UK does. The UK have these laws which are extremely subjective, and they can use it as a weapon to basically silence anyone. They decide England is the birthplace of free speech, habeas corpus of kind of framework of liberal democracy that we thought we believed in, and now it's a country where people are arrested for praying. Well, what happened?

Good question. And there's a saying that I heard, and I don't know who said it, but he said that a sick country adopts laws like a dying man will try medicine. And I think that the UK is failing in real time. If you look at it in any metric, whether it's living standards, whether it's crime rate, any any metric, you can measure the success of a country by it's fallen off the cliff, it's becoming more and more expensive to live there. The education system's gone down the pan.

London is the stabbing capital of the world. You're not safe to leave your house. So their answer to this is just more and more and more laws. And unfortunately, as they do that, they're not even intelligent enough to actually attack the people who are doing genuinely bad to the world. They just make more and more authoritarian laws and they end up using them to attack the people that the government doesn't like.

And I ended up being one of them. And I think Europe in general has problems. If you look at France as we speak, I think it's on fire, isn't it? Most of it. It is, yeah.

So they have issues, and their answer, what's a government's solution to anything? Law? What can a government do, no matter what? But they're not laws that are aimed at fixing the problem. That's right.

No, they're laws aimed at fixing the person who's talking about the problems. Why don't you get rid of the guy who tells everybody? Isn't that easier? Tucker, why fix any of this? If we just shut him up, they won't know.

But that's like responding to a heat wave by breaking your thermometer completely. Right, that's the plan. Plan one is to break the thermometer. We might deal with the heat wave a bit later, but get air conditioning. No, we break the thermometer for now.

There's too many people talking about the heat wave, so let's just break that and then later on, maybe when we have time, we'll do something about the actual issue. It does seem like a lot of this is an effort not to talk about the thing, the real thing, in Europe, anyway, which is migration. And the U. K, formerly known as England and France have both been completely changed by people from other countries and I'm sure have added good things, too. I mean, I'm not but they've changed them and in general, they're not better countries, and why can't anyone admit that?

But this is what's really interesting to me about what's happening, because we're talking about masculinity and men who say no and men who stand up. But there has to be balance, right? Everywhere in the world, there has to be power balances. If there's not a balance in power, there's going to be a vacuum, and that's going to be filled. If you neuter the native population of men, if you destroy their mentality to resist, if you tell them that every single thing about the masculine is wrong and you basically feminize and unicate them, turn them into eunuchs and then you import high testosterone men from the Third World who don't believe any of this garbage, who grew up in a society where they understand the only way to succeed is to be a fearsome predator.

To a degree. What do you think is going to happen? Like, who's supposed to protect the sanctity of these nations and these settlements and these towns and villages? The police? No, in general, I would argue that it's the masculine essence that can be detected by the people who arrive.

I guarantee if you were to pick up, put a bunch of these migrants in Sarajevo or Moscow, they behave themselves. I have a feeling they'd just look around and go, not today, but when you knew, or the native populace, then it's like, well, there's a power vacuum. And when there's a power vacuum, what do we expect to happen? What are the French going to do about it? What's your average Englishman going to do about it?

Nothing. And that's the thing. And that makes you wonder, is this purposeful, these two actions of neutering the native populace and importing these high testosterone Third Worlders are so at ODS with each other. Is this purposeful? I'm not sure, but has anyone considered this?

So, yeah, it's interesting because you talk about these are huge and intentional trends. They're historically transformative trends. They're a big deal, so they're probably not happening by accident, right? There's got to be some intent. How could there not be that's right?

And how do they expect all of this to end? And this is exactly what's happening with migration. The problem with migration specifically is that there's no native masculine populace to enforce any degree of culture or boundary or parameter. And like I said, I would argue the point. And I've been to Sarajevo and I've been to Moscow, I've been to these places and I've seen there's a whole bunch of migration and everybody seems to just behave a little bit differently.

And I think that's because people understand did men live here. That men live here. If you turn up in someone's house and their house is pristine, you're probably going to take your cup and you're going to go put it in the kitchen. But if you turn up in somebody's house and it's a fucking mess and nobody respects the house and nobody cares, and the man is drugged out of his mind, half asleep on the couch, what are you going to do with your cup? You're going to leave it there?

You don't give a shit. If you turn up to the Western world looking, then you're going to hit on his wife. Absolutely. So what do we expect to happen in these scenarios? Right.

And it is purposeful and it is scary that even me just telling men to go to the gym is seen as an act of defiance to the point where I have to be punished. I must go to jail, I must be silenced. Thermometer must be broken at the end of all of this, no matter what happens. Do you plan to stay in Romania? I love Romania.

I love this country. And if I am found not guilty, I will stay in Romania. Yeah. I will still stay here. I don't believe in running away.

I also believe, and perhaps this is yeah, I didn't even want to ask you that because legal case pending. But I mean, presumably you're rich enough to run away when you have it. Correct. I'm not going anywhere. I think if I was anywhere in the Western world, this would have happened to me.

I don't think this is Romania's fault, let's put it that way. I don't think this is Romania's fault. I think if I resided in Switzerland or France or Italy, the same thing would have happened. From knowing what I know, I think it was going to happen to me regardless. And I think I do have a large amount of sympathy the especially amongst the Romanian population.

I get thousands of messages a day from Romanians apologizing to me. I think the people here actually like me. My waiter at lunch yesterday is one of them. He wanted you to know. Yeah.

Amazing. This is what I mean. Everyone understands what's happening. My problem is not with Romania. I don't hold any personal grudges against Romania.

I think that this Matrix attack was going to come to me. What is the Matrix? Good question. I guess some Americans call it the deep state, but I like to look at it in a more global way. When I say The Matrix, I think there are certain agendas which are being pushed.

I think the media machine and the judicial systems of the world work together hand in hand. I think the goal is to control people's minds to a point where they don't discuss anything that's important. The reason I use The Matrix is because I've watched that movie a few times, and it has so many similarities. To the have you seen the movie? No.

You've never seen the movie The Matrix? No, I don't watch any movies. I don't want to talk about it on camera. No, I'm very dyslexic, and it's hard for me to watch video. Got it honestly understood.

But there's so many similarities, and the basic premise is that humans minds are controlled and put inside of a false reality so that their body heat can be manifested for the machines. And I don't think it's much different to reality. Our minds are controlled. We're put in a false version of reality. We're told things aren't true.

We're arguing over things that don't matter. We're observing a false version of events. And the goal of it is just to distract us long enough for our bodies to be used for the machines, the soulless. And I think it's pretty similar. Pretty similar.

Striking similarities. And even then, there's a bunch of other similarities which are difficult for me to explain. You haven't watched a movie. But there are agents inside of The Matrix, and the idea of the agent, the purpose of the agent is to make sure that nobody understands how The Matrix really works and to wake anybody's mind up. They want to keep you asleep.

And any person can become an agent at any time. If they're not unplugged, if their mind is not free, they can become an agent. And their job is to keep you asleep. And you see agents all the time. COVID awoken me to agents when I would sit and talk to somebody, and they seemed perfectly rational and normal until I mentioned COVID, and then they'd fully change.

No, it's dangerous. No. What do you mean? What do you mean? Are you crazy?

My grandma got sick, and they became an agent instantly and started repeating the news to me. And I was like, Your grandma got sick? How old is she? 97. Interesting.

Oh, I'd better lock myself in my house then. Dumbass.

Agents exist and the matrix exists. And I think most people's version of the world is a false one. The idea and the world that most people have in their mind and how society functions and how all these things function I genuinely believe is completely false. I think they've all been lied to. I don't think anybody understands how any of the of the world works.

And I try and use some very simple, you know, very simple analogies to wake people up. I said to one of my friends once, I said, if me and you could play video games for $10,000 and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, no. I was like, If I was whooping your ass and it was ten grand a game and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, yeah.

I was like, all right. So you accept that people cheat to win in a video game for a menial amount of money. Do you think they're not going to cheat for something that matters. Yeah, I think they're not going to cheat for something important. You understand what I'm saying?

How about to get the most important job in the world, president of the United States? I would never kill myself. I mean, people kill each other over insurance fraud. You don't think, right? Yeah.

So when you actually understand how the world really works you know what was really interesting? I remember there was this big military coup. Was it Myanmar or Burma? One of these there was a big military coup like a year ago or something, and nobody really cared. They mentioned on the news a little bit, and I looked at it and I looked into it, and they were talking about how the two political parties were almost 50 50.

And then in the 90s, something changed. And now one political party just smokes the other one. And the military took over to restore democracy and all this stuff. It was very interesting to voting machines they used. Really interesting something to look into a lot of countries like that.

Philippines also true. Why do you think support for the war in Ukraine support for Ukraine side in the war against Russia support for a war against Russia in the west is kind of the bottom line issue for the people who run the US government and for the American media. Why? I guess you could argue about it, but there isn't an argument about it in the United States. There's a position, and anyone who doesn't hold it is attacked and punished.

Why? Why is that so important? Well, the first thing I think we should all do is I think we should all give Putin credit for curing COVID. Right? Because when his invasion happened, COVID went away.

So thought about that. Think about it. It's almost to the day. So we have to give him some credit at least for doing that. He may be the bad guy of the world, but at least he cured COVID for everybody nearly instantly.

Fair. Thank you for thank you, President Putin. Yeah, i, up until this point, never really commented too heavily on politics. Yes. But I understand very well.

I like to believe what's happening with Ukraine and Russia. And what I will say to the people who are watching this at home is that if you are naive enough to believe that there are good guys and bad guys in wars and it's as simple as good, and bad and that the bad guys are crazy and the good guys want freedom, then you need to do a little bit more investigation into what's really happening. And when you look at the vested interest of any country or any person, can I just ask you to pause and just comment? That's the truest thing, what you just said. And anyone who doesn't understand that should shut the fuck up.

And I mean it. Having seen war, anyone who's telling you that it's Churchill versus Hitler is an idiot. Completely. Well, I'll give an example. When my father was still alive excuse me?

Yeah. No, it's true. When my father was still alive, my father died six or seven years ago. I was a lot younger. The war in Afghanistan was going on.

He died six or seven years ago. How old was he? 56. Oh, gosh. Yeah, he died.

But the war in Afghanistan was going on. And I remember asking my dad saying, why do the Taliban even fight and resist the American war machine? They don't stand a chance. Like, why are these terrorists even fighting against the American war machine? And my dad said, they're fighting for their way of life.

They want their wife and they want their children, and they want their society and their language, and they don't want pride flags, and they don't want American bullshit, and they don't want to be told what to do. And they're fighting to be a culture and be a people which is independent in and of itself. Like, they're not the bad guys you think they are. They're people who are like, Why are you here? What do you want?

We don't agree with that. That's against our holy book. Fuck off. Right. So even there's no such thing as good and bad in any war.

Who is your father? My father was a chess master. He worked for the CIA when he was he was a linguist for the CIA. And then he was American. American.

He was discharged and for a story I won't tell. But he was a chess master, and he is very interesting. I encourage people to look at his Twitter. He still has Twitter at Tate. Terrific.

And everything he was talking about eleven years ago is so important now. Eleven years ago, no one cared about we had the Dawn Bass in 2014. People cared a bit, but he was literally he predicted the future. You want to see how chess players can see the future? Read his Twitter.

Everything from LGBTQ, why they need your kids because they can't have their own, to the war that's coming and how Europe's going to have an energy crisis, to the letter all on his Twitter. It's amazing to read it's like he told you could tell the future. Ten years ago, no one talked about any of this stuff. Did he live in the US? Yes.

He lived in America. Fascinating. Yeah, it's crazy. But he was telling me about a lot of this stuff even when I was a lot younger. And as we said, there's no good guys and bad guys.

But when you have a vested interest in something, I think that people are relatively simple. You're talking about why the American government has such a vested interest in this war, which is not good for America. Which is not good for America. So is it well, we can say it's for money or we can say it's for power? What else would it be for?

Is it really for freedom and democracy? Well, I think that's already been destroyed by Zelensky, hasn't it? So what is it for if it's not for money and power? And then you say, well, who is the money and the power going to? These are logical conversations.

It's a very logical thought process. I agree. Wouldn't it be interesting to say, okay, I woke up. I'm an american. I would never kill myself.

I woke up. I'm an american. Why does America care? Well, I guess it's for money or power. There's no other reason.

Okay, well, America wants to be a rich, powerful country. That's fine. Is the money and power going to America, or is it going to a select few individuals? Are those select individuals interested in me, in my life? Do they care about benefiting me?

Do I need to support the power grab of these select few individuals? Is that going to be a smart move for me to make, for me to have the best possible human experience? These are very logical thought process, yes. People don't seem to think anymore. They believe that there's a good guy and there's a bad guy, and one team's completely good, and one team's completely bad, one team's crazy.

They often use the word crazy because to be completely bad, you have to be crazy, right? So you're crazy. He's crazy. Just for no reason. Just reasonless.

Insanity. I don't know if you saw Lukashenko with the BBC. Did you ever see that interview? No. Oh, brother, please watch it.

The way he destroys the BBC. I thought I did the best job, but I take second place. Amazing. But yeah. And you just have to be critically thinking.

And then after you're critically thinking, you have to be brave enough. And this is the real pandemic of the world as cowardice. You have to be brave enough to look around you and realize everything was a trick, everything was a lie. But why not be a coward? It's just a lot easier, right?

Well, it used to be. This is the thing that's interesting. I would actually argue in the 1950s and 60s, if you were to agree with every single narrative and obey every single law and do exactly what you were supposed to do and pay your taxes, et cetera, you'd at least get a wife who respected you. You'd at least have children who go to school without being indoctrinated to a degree. You could have a nice house, you could have a pickup truck.

You could have a pretty good life if you just followed the rules. Yes. I don't think that's true anymore. I think that if you are a man especially and this is what I talk about I talk about masculine issues if you're a man who was born and you decide to do exactly as you're told, you're going to end up depressed, in debt, working a job that you hate with a wife who doesn't respect you, with kids who don't listen to you in a house you don't own until she leads you. And then you contemplate suicide a while.

And maybe you might find some purpose towards the end, enough to survive and pay your taxes. And then you're gone. I don't think a man who just follows the programming is going to find any happiness. But they don't care. Why would they?

They have no interest in masculine happiness, is another thing that's very interesting. They talk about men's mental health all the time, especially in the UK. I'm not sure about America, but in the UK, they had this big drive from men's mental health, saying that men commit more suicides, men a lot more, because it's hard to be a man. We commit more suicides, we're more depressed, we have all these mental health problems. I come along, I genuinely get thousands of emails a day saying I'm helping people men's mental health.

But, no, can't help it. The way Andrew wants. You can't tell him to go to the gym and stand up for themselves and have pride. What kind of man's going to have a solid mentality and not have mental health issues if he has no pride? That's part of being a man.

Part of being a man is proud of yourself. If you wake up and you're not proud of who you are and how you look and the things you say, how you ever going to have a solid mentality? So when I teach things that genuinely help men's mental health, that's outlawed. No, you're not allowed to do that. Instead, you have to take our version, which is to pretend to care about men's mental health, but not give a shit.

Give them a life they know they're not going to enjoy, pay taxes and die. And men are the backbone. Medicate them and medicate them. Medicate them long enough to keep working the same way as we medicate farm animals, bunch of injections. Just keep them alive long enough to get the milk, milk's gone, chop the head off.

Boom. They need to put you in prison. They're trying. Yeah, I can see why they're trying, and it's scary a lot of people. But then what do I do?

Do I just shut up? No. You don't think so? No, you can't shut up. I mean, because in the end, your self respect, your dignity, is the only thing that's right.

And this is what people don't understand. People say, Andrew, why are you fighting this war? And they don't understand that war is certain. You either fight war against injustice and you fight war against the things you know that are wrong and you feel good inside of yourself, or you accept the slave programming and fight a war with your own mind. You have to fight something.

I can shut up and believe what I'm told in the news, but then I won't why am I so unhappy all the time? Why am I depressed? Why does my life suck? Why does my woman ignore me? Why do my children not respect me?

Then you're fighting a war with your own mind. I'd rather have all of me on side and fight against what I know is genuinely evil. You can't escape the battle. The battle is here for all of us. So I've made my decision and that's why I can't be quiet because you just said I would lose my self respect and I'd lose my dignity and I don't think I can function that way as a man and I don't think any man should be able to function without self respect and me?

The reason men died on the Titanic was for self respect and dignity. They went into the icy cold water and died because they would feel honorless if they jumped on the boat and left the women to die. That's right. So when you have self respect and dignity you have a hard parameter and you'll do things that which are deemed crazy or insane because you believe in them and you stick up for yourself and that's why they don't want men to have self respect and dignity. Rather be a free man in your grave.

Absolutely. So I can't be quiet and I'm going to say what I believe is true and I genuinely believe I'm helping the world. I think that any young man who is a follower of mine, I will argue there's no influencer on the planet besides me who is genuinely benefiting their life. I know you're not big on the internet. I look at these other streamers and these other influencers.

They play video games all day, they smoke weed on stream, they talk garbage. It's a bunch of drama back and forth like girls. I'm the only influencer or streamer who's genuinely talking about making money because you need to have money to escape the matrix. It's very hard to resist enslavement when you have to pay the bills. Getting physically strong because a strong body is a strong mind, standing up for yourself, self motivation, all these things.

I'm talking about genuinely positive things. Very few people are. And I think that is an extremely important message that needs to be told and I'm not going to stop doing it because I know I'm genuinely helping the world and they're going to try and punish me for it for the rest of my life. I think this is just beginning and I think when I beat this case, which I believe I will beat, I think something else is going to come. And it's kind of scary because I am a little bit afraid and a little bit intimidated by the incompetence of my enemy because their standardized playbook is now failing in real time.

The standardized playbook is the media attack, the lie and it's not working anymore. And it got me a little bit worried about what the next move is. You used to just be able to lie about guy over the news and you win, right? But now it's like, Shut up. So now what?

I don't know. And that's what's kind of scary in my scenario, because nobody's going to believe any of the crap they print about me. Nobody believes it. Nobody believes it. Whenever I do an interview with the Matrix media, nobody believes they have to turn the comments off because everyone the comments are just ripping them apart.

You do seem very sad. On the verge of killing yourself, are you? Absolutely not. Really not. I never would.

And that's what you said, that I have to keep saying it. I have to keep saying it because it's scary. Right. But I believe you get three lives. I think they cancel you initially, and then when that fails, they try and put you in jail without a reason.

And if that fails, there's only one option left after that. That's right. So I'm in a very scary scenario, but I guess the same as the men on the Titanic just couldn't get on the lifeboat. I just can't stop saying what I believe to be true. If a young man comes to me and says he's depressed, I'm going to tell him how to become a kind of man who's proud of himself.

And if that makes him the kind of person that resists slave and slave programming, I'm always going to be public enemy number one. You've said depression isn't real, or it's not as the way we describe depression isn't accurate. What do you think of depression? When I say depression isn't real, that really upset the world, especially the liberals, because they all live on medication, right? When I say depression isn't real, I'm saying that because I don't believe in things that can take away power from me.

If I believed in depression, I would have been depressed in jail. But I can't be depressed if I don't believe in it. If you don't believe in ghosts, how could you be haunted? You have two people in a haunted house. One believes in ghosts, one doesn't.

There's a knock in the night, one wakes up, calls an exorcist, is terrified, looks for a ghost. The other guy doesn't believe in ghosts, knock in the night, goes back to sleep. It's the belief in the ghost that gives it the power. If I don't believe in depression, I believe in feeling depressed. Sure, we're humans, we have emotions.

Sometimes we feel depressed, sometimes we feel happy. I don't believe in the idea of becoming a depressed person who has depression. I don't believe in that. I don't think that's possible for me. So if I don't believe in it, how can it happen?

I don't believe in depression, so why would I not adopt the mindset that makes me the most capable predator I can possibly be? Why not adopt a mindset that makes me as competent and as fearsome as possible if you've to install software in your own mind, why would I not install software that makes me capable of not only driving a bugatti and flying on private jets, but sitting in a Romanian dungeon covered in cockroaches? I need to be able to do all of it. So why would I believe in something that made me incapable? I don't believe in depression because I think that even the belief in and of itself, when you feel depressed, you'll start to consider, maybe I have depression.

Then you go see a psychiatrist who tells you have depression. Then they want you on pills. It's the belief that goes down the spiral. If I feel sad, I go, I'm depressed today, I'll be fine tomorrow. So why I suspect you're right?

Or what you're saying is pointing toward truth. That's my personal view. But even if I disagree with you, okay, I disagree with you. Why is that so offensive, what you just said? Well, that's what's interesting.

Because when I said depression wasn't real, the number of people who would attack me defending depression, this is why I didn't understand. You say depression isn't real, but depression has ruined my life and it's super real and it's ruined my life and I lost my marriage. I'm like, if I told you it wasn't real, you should be coming to me saying, tell me how it's not real. Please help me with my depression. Why are you trying to convince me that it's real?

Why are you sticking up for it? Why are you defending depression? And why would I adopt the thinking of someone who's sad? You're going to convince me to take your worldview? You just told me your wife left you, you're fat and you want to kill yourself.

And you want me to sit here and go with my perfect life and go, you know what? I want to think like this guy. You're at your mind. I don't believe in it. And because I don't believe in it, it's made me the kind of person who can't become depressed.

And the reason they don't like me attacking that is because depression is a fantastic way to subdue a population, right? If everybody's depressed, it's hard to have a revolution. You're depressed, oh, they've locked us all in our houses. I don't want to go outside anyway, I'm sad, right? So depression is a fantastic tool of population control.

They have no problem with you being depressed. They have a problem with you being the opposite, principled and energetic. No, you don't want principled, energetic people, that's a problem. A bunch of depressed people, easy. If you were to invade a country, would you rather the opposing army be principled and energetic or depressed?

I'll tell you, I would not want to be invaded by a cheerful army. Absolutely scary. They're having too much fun, right? You want them all to be depressed. So a morose army is easier to defeat.

I agree. Absolutely. So depression is a defended idea. You're not allowed to even talk about it. You're not allowed to help people get out of it.

Right. They like the idea of a depressed population. And this is what I say to people now. I'm not stupid. I understand, like, PTSD is real.

I understand mental health is real. I'm not saying that. But I say if you're an 18 year old boy or 18 year old man and your life is pretty much okay, bacteria didn't steal your eyesight, which could have happened. You never had a car crash and lost both of your legs, which could have happened, you're actually very fortunate, and you wake up and you say, I'm depressed. I think you're an idiot.

I don't think you're depressed. I think you've been psyoped. I think you feel a little bit of depression, and you can fix that by changing your life. I think if you became rich and strong and smart and successful and you worked hard and you dedicated yourself and you were motivated and you tried your very, very best to become excellent, you probably wouldn't feel depressed anymore, which means it's not a disease, is it? The only reason you're even saying you have depression is because you believe in it.

So you're arguing for cause and effect. You're saying if you live a certain way, you're going to feel a certain way. Absolutely. And I also would argue that I think we've evolutionarily, even though I do believe in God, I think that we've designed ourselves, and the human has grown into a way where if you feel depressed or sad, I think that's a fantastic trigger or a warning signal to do something. If you were to say to me, andrew, you have to complete this monumental task, you have to conquer the world, I would say, okay, but I need an emotional motivation to do that.

I need to be unhappy having not completed the task. I need to be uncomfortable, right? If you're uncomfortable being out of shape, you'll get in shape. If you're happy being out of shape, then you're just going to stay out of shape, right. So if you feel a degree of uncomfortableness inside of your mind, I think it's just your mind telling you that something about your life needs to change.

Yes. You need to get up and change something. Guys would say to me, I'm depressed because I'm fat and I have no girlfriend. And I'd say, no, you have no girlfriend and you're fat and that's why you're depressed. If you go change those two things, you'd probably be surprised that your disease goes away.

I had another guy said he was going to kill himself. I said, Listen, back when I used to reply to my emails when I was smaller, I said, make me a promise. Get a six pack first of beer. I said, Get a six pack first. Get in fantastic shape.

And then do whatever you want. Didn't want to kill himself once he's in. Fantastic. So he did it? Yeah.

After. Before and after I put him on Twitter. Kind of interesting that, isn't it? So how are we going to say we have this disease, which is cause and effect? How are we going to say we have this disease where there's something wrong with you as a man, you have a disease because your life sucks.

I mean, I don't think that's true. I think that your life just sucks and you should change it. And another thing I also preach, and this is another thing that's very important. I also think as a man, because life as a man is pain and suffering. And when I say that, because you're never going to be a good man or good at being a man without pain and suffering, you're going to have to go through a bunch of shit and have a terrible life to become a good man, I think you should embrace that and accept it.

And I think that the correct mental model for men to have is a degree of stoicism and not to be too concerned with even how they feel. If I woke up today happy, if I woke up today and happy, I would have done this interview with you. If I woke up today sad, I would have done this interview with you. What's the difference? Why put so much importance on my emotion if certain things must be done?

I must work. I must train. I must see Tucker Carlson, I must resist the matrix. I've got things to do. So why are we going to sit around and talk about how I feel if it doesn't even affect how I act?

And as a man, it shouldn't. Because there's too much to do. And the masculine world is hyper competitive. This is another thing most people don't understand. It's hyper competitive out here.

All the women want a few men at the top. The Ferrari. You. You don't want a Ferrari to drive fast. You want a Ferrari because other men want a Ferrari and can't have one.

It's hyper competitive. So if you're competing against every other man for every dollar you make, every girl you see, the house you live in, the car you drive, the life you live, you're not going to be able to compete with the person who performs regardless of how they feel. If you only compete when you feel like competing. Right. Because there's men like me out there who will be sad every day and outcompete you regardless.

I don't care how I feel. I will still win. And that's the kind of mindset you need to adopt. So I don't win. A man come on a job to do.

Stop whining, go to work. Completely. I agree completely. So when men say I feel sad, who cares? The world doesn't care.

All the men who are out here to. Destroy you and take your girl. Don't care. So why do you care? The person who should care least is you.

You're the only person who wakes up every day who should have a genuine vested interest in improving your life. Nobody else wakes up and wants to improve your life, only you. So if nobody else cares about how you feel, why do you care? So my argument also for depression is you're depressed. Fine.

Have you trained today? That doesn't change what you should do with your life, depressed or not. And I don't say this because I'm an eternally happy person, I say this because I've experienced all ranges of human emotion. I was in a Romanian jail cell with cockroaches crawling all over me as I slept. I never missed a day of training.

I wouldn't say I was particularly happy, but push ups must be done, so they got done. You're very close to your brother correct. And you were locked away for part of that with him. Did you have fun at all with him? Yes, I do think there's something inside of men, whereas if you're with your boys or you're with your group of men yes, there's something inside of us.

Totally. And it allows you to make the absolute best of the worst situations. Maybe that's an evolution from war. All the men went to war and you saw all this pain and suffering and you saw heads, people decapitated and you're injured, but then you sit around the campfire and you're laughing, you're laughing. That's right.

It's something inside of us. It's like a coping mechanism when you're around men. So when me and him were together, no matter how bad the scenario or no matter what they tried to do to us, part of us would just look at each other like, cigarette. And you find joy in that. And, yeah, there's definitely and that's another thing I think a lot of men are lacking, a lot of men are missing is a masculine support network.

Buddies. Buddies. You talk to a guy and say, what was the highlight of your life? What was the best time of your life? And they'll say, Ah, college football.

It's not about the football, it's about the team. Yeah. And I think a lot of that's destroyed as well, because also, it's interesting how everything interconnects when you destroy honor and principle and the masculine essence inside of men. Well, now, as a man, it's very hard to have friends. I wouldn't want to have a male friend who had no principles, no honors, and didn't work hard and was always crying about being sad.

What do I want to hang around with him for? He's a loser. Right, so then your support network is destroyed. And I think that men have always needed that since the dawn of time, and I think that's gone. But they don't have friends.

Men, especially middle aged men, have no friends. Absolutely. Because they've been told that to give them all away and do as the wife says. And then she left him. No wonder he wants to kill himself, wouldn't you?

No wonder he's depressed. It sounds like the worst existence ever. And now we're living in a world now especially where everything is hyper competitive, especially the sexual marketplace. Like, if you're a 52 year old, overweight average income, no fame, dude, and you have to find a girl, it's going to be pretty difficult to find a good one. It's going to be very hard.

So of course he's lonely, and then his kids don't respect him. They're busy. Of course he's sad. It's actually heartbreaking to discuss. It is heartbreaking.

It's heartbreaking. But then how do you prevent that happening? Well, then you need to be a man of honor and principle and make sure that you keep your support networks and make sure that your woman does respect you. And a woman's going to respect you when she sees other men respect you. Yes.

And they're only going to respect you if you respect yourself. But to respect yourself, you have to be the kind of person who says no. What do you think of porn? There's been some statistics. There's been some studies done.

Most men or less men are having sex than ever before. I've seen that. Yeah. And that's that well, that's an extension of the fact that masculine virtue is being destroyed. That's the thing that's interesting about all these things.

They psyop, especially men. They say, listen, women want a feminist man. Women want a man with no moral principle who would make sure that there's a conversation about who should fight the burglar when your house is broken into. Because equal opportunities, equal rights, of course, don't presume just because you're a man that you should defend her physically. Of course not.

That makes you a bigot and a misogynist. So they convince men to adopt these virtues in ways, and of course, women by and large dislike them for it. So now, as men's, as masculinity has plummeted, a whole bunch of men are simply not having sex anymore. And then they become addicted to porn, which is cucking effectively. Two people are having sex and you're just watching it.

Good point. And it's become a pandemic. Right. So men are replacing genuine sexual relationships with just the computer screen and porn, and it's becoming a very, very big problem. And that's also exasperated by the fact that I think the sexual marketplace has become globalized.

This is the thing I say to young men. A lot of men come to me with problems, and my only answer to them is masculine excellence. I say that in the world we live in today, being a normal man or below normal is going to be terrible. You have to be an exceptional man, because the sexual marketplace, especially even if you just want to find a wife, is globalized. In 1955, if you met the hot girl in the Nebraskan town.

She was the hot girl in the Nebraskan town. If you meet her today, she's being offered to go to Corsioval and go skiing in France, and she's being offered to fly to Dubai. And there's millionaires who can just fly her anywhere and give her anything she wants. And who are you? It's getting harder and harder as a man to even find the most basic human function of reproduction.

Even to just find a woman you can reproduce with, it's becoming more and more difficult. You also couple that with the fact that they've destroyed morality in women also. So when you destroy the morality in men and you destroy how a man should act, and then you destroy how a woman should act, you're both going in the opposite direction. Most women out there are very happy to share a man who's just rich and famous and they don't care. So if you're the normal guy, there's this rich, famous guy with 30 girls, that's 29 dudes who are lonely and end up watching porn.

And if you have a porn addiction or you have a problem with porn, you have a problem with yourself. Because I guarantee if you were the kind of man you're supposed to be, you would have no time for that and you wouldn't need it. I can confirm that's absolutely not really the case. Yeah. So the fact you even need porn shows, there's a problem with you as a man, because if you were the kind of man you could be, and I genuinely believe that any man can become anything, then you'd have unlimited sexual options and you would have no interest in that.

And I do want to make this clear to the world because there's a bit of a misconception about my story. My father was in the military, and then he left to become a professional chess player. He was a traveling chess player layer. You don't make money with that. My mother and father broke up at age nine.

We moved to England purely because you get more help from the state. I was raised on welfare in Marsh Farm, which is the worst area of the worst town, Luton, with the highest crime rate. I went to a school with a 4% pass rate. Single mother household, effectively started from absolutely nothing, became a kickboxing world champion. Your mother was English.

English, correct. So I started at the absolute lowest echelon of life, and I would like to consider myself pretty somewhere near the top. Now, I've been through absolutely every stage. So when I say to men, you can become anything you want, and my answer to you is masculine excellence, there's no other answer. I can't tell you how to rig the game and cheat the game.

If we're all racing a race and I have a Ferrari and you have a Nissan, I mean, sure, you can get a bit better at driving, but you're probably going to lose. You have to get a better character to play this game of life. So that's why I preach masculine excellence. Because for many of the world's problems today, porn, sexual access, being respected by your peers, making sure that your wife's going to stay with you after the children are born, for a very long time, being happy, anything, it all comes down to who you are as a man. A lot of the answer, the only answer, is masculine excellence.

There's nothing you can do besides hard work. Accept the trauma and pain and suffering and work harder than everyone else around you worked. And that's why porn is a problem. So I will genuinely say to any man out there who finds himself loading up that website, go take a look in the mirror and realize why no one wants to fuck you.

And I said this to guys before. If you were a girl with all the choices she has, would you choose you? Think about it. And if you're honest with yourself, a lot of these guys, if they look in the mirror and go, you know what? No, I wouldn't choose me.

Work out why and do something about it. Absolutely not. Our self accountability, this is something that's also missing. I take accountability for everything in my life. Even going to jail, although it was unfair, although it's a Matrix attack, although it's garbage.

It was my fault. I sat there and go, what did I do wrong? How can I learn from this? Where is my part to play in this? What did I do?

Because my actions are what I have the most control over. I have self accountability for everything. If a woman doesn't want to sleep with me, I don't sit and say, women are this way. Society is that way. I just sit and say, okay, why?

What can I change? So any man who's loading up porn needs to go have a long conversation in the mirror and realize that he's not desirable or as desirable as he should be or could be. I come from absolutely nothing. I'mixed race. My father was black and my mother's white.

So statistically, mixed race, single household, single mother household, bad area. I ticked every box to end up in jail. I ended up in jail for the wrong reason. You fulfilled your destiny. Can't escape statistics.

I ticked every box to be a delinquent, and I refused to be one. I absolutely not refused to be a delinquent. I said, no, that's not who I want to be. I want to be a superhero. And I know the only way to be a superhero is to, one, suffer like Batman did.

His parents died, and two, work hard. What does your mother think? My mother is exceptionally proud of me. She still worries because mothers worry. But even when we were in jail, she said, well, I know you're both strong, so she knows she has men.

She knows she has. That's pretty great. Yeah, of course, I believe especially also I think a man has a duty to his last name. I think we carry the last name. We have a duty to our last name.

I am a tate. I am my father's son. The reason my father so is discussed so heavily is because of my monumental success. I keep him alive via my success. I would love to think my son does the same thing.

They will talk about my son in a way where they're so interested in his life path that I must be discussed by extension. And then I live forever. So I have a duty to tate, I have a duty to my last name. I must perform. And this is what I said to my mother on the phone.

I'm a Tate, it's fine, but the conditions are bad. Yeah, that's life. And even as a man today you're waking up, you want to load up a porn website, you should have respect for your last name and you should sit and say, is this who I am? Is this what I do? A lot of this comes down to the things we discussed at the very beginning self respect, honor, dignity.

Well, you have no dignity. I have too much dignity for that shit. And a lot of these men have no dignity, no self respect. And it's all an extension extends of why they're never going to be who they could be and also what they do to cope with that. And, yeah, porn is a coping mechanism.

What do you think of women? I think women are some of the most powerful people on the planet. Firstly, a lot of the conversations we're having, most people don't understand that women are the gatekeepers and women are the ultimate judges. Women are the ultimate judges, especially of sexual access, right? So when I say that maybe 40% of the letters I got in jail were from women just love letters, perfume on them and kiss kiss marks, and the traditional masculine role is still respected and loved by so many women.

If you were to ask the average woman on the street who hasn't lost her mind what she wants in a man, she would like to be financially provided for, physically protected. I love women. I think they are the most powerful and precious things on the planet. They give life. But I believe that when you love a woman, you should want to protect her and provide for her and take care of her.

I don't believe you love a woman by wanting to do everything she says and cucking to her. I don't believe that because I love women, I should have no standards on what I expect in a woman. I don't think loving women is sitting there going, a woman can do whatever she wants to me and I put up with it. I don't think that's loving women at all. I think loving women is saying, I'm going to be the best man I can be and the only way I'm going to be a good man is with a degree of standard and I'm going to be the best man I can be for you.

And when I say these things, I get attacked for being a misogynist, because how is that? I think misogynist means someone who hates women. Correct. Because I have conversations with women who are let's say I've done some podcasts with women who are very promiscuous and I've explained to them that since the dawn of human time, in every single society across the planet, promiscuity in females has been frowned upon. Yes, that's true.

It hasn't been frowned upon in men, but it has been in women. I explained in a big way, in a big way, in many parts of the world to this day, you can't get married if you're not a virgin. I'm not saying all women should be virgins. I was explaining to her that female promiscuity has always been hated. In every holy book it's disliked.

You've bought into this new think the last ten years and you seem to think it's empowering. And I would argue that it's not empowering. And I sat there and had a conversation with this promiscuous woman and I said to her that she is doing herself a disservice and she's dishonouring herself and she's never going to be happy or fulfilled jumping from bed to bed. And I was told that this makes me misogynistic, because women are empowered and they can make whatever choices they want. And I'm insecure to believe that a woman who slept with 300 men is somehow changed mentally and her ability to bond and love a man has been affected by that.

But it is that's true. Well, unfortunately, you're going to end up in a Romanian jail cell for being a misogyny. No, I mean, I love women and I've seen it and that is true, what you said. The thing that's interesting is that women intrinsically understand this, because if you see a woman dislike another woman, what's the first name she calls her slut. It's the first thing a girl says to a girl she doesn't like it's.

The biggest insult that comes to her mind is that she's promiscuous. Right? So it's interesting, but I've been a call to misogynist for that. And then I've been on the internet for a long time. I've made some jokes, I've made some videos, and people don't understand satire or comedy.

There's one that they keep repeating. I made a joke next to my bed. I had a glock, like many people do, and then I had a knife next to my bed and there was a comedic skit where it said, the girl caught me cheating and she picked up the knife and I slapped out of her hand and say, you still love me. And they cut the bit out where I talked about the girl attacking me with the knife. They just took the bit where I say, slap the knife out of her hand.

You're the boss. DA DA. And they he's a misogynist. He's a misogyny. And it's just taken out of context.

And that's another thing that's happened to me. And I am aware of this. And like I said, I take absolute self accountability. But the way you make jokes and make videos when you get hundred views is very different than the way you would make a joke or make a video when you get millions of views. And when they're trying their best to find that, look at a four hour video and find 3 seconds.

I'll give an example of it where it hurt me. Very recently, I did a podcast where I was discussing corruption. I discussed which country I believe is the most corrupt country in the world. They start a lot of wars. And the answer to that by the person I was discussing it with is, well, you live in Romania.

Romania is corrupt. I said, Romania is corrupt. Correct. But I don't think there's certainly corruption, but they don't start monumental wars which end up in millions of deaths. I would argue that their corruption, because a police man stops me and I can bribe my way out of a parking ticket or a speeding ticket is far less destructive.

So we discussed this at length for hours. They cut out the bit where I said Romania is corrupt and showed it to the judge that kept me in jail. Yeah, that's my problem in a nutshell. Long format content, people will find a little bit, edit it up and try and attack me with it. And that's where this whole misogynistic thing has come from.

It's either from me arguing with promiscuous women on podcasts designed for promiscuous women to argue their point and I destroy them so flawlessly I'm a bad person, or something taken out of context. And it's insane because like I said, the amount of support I get from women is actually monumental. The amount of mothers who write to me and say that their son's doing better than ever, the amount of women who write to me and say that their boyfriend's doing better than ever, the amount of women who love me and just want to meet me. This idea that I'm hated by women is probably the biggest lie about this whole story. I don't want to brag, but I can assure the world that's absolutely not true.

I had thousands of letters of support from women. In fact, there was one girl, never met her. She would play love songs from her car outside the jail. So she'd put the music on and play love songs. And I managed to tweet out, via my cousin, the songs I wanted to listen to.

White snake. Is this love? And she'd play them for me. Never met her. Don't know who she is.

So you're in a Romanian prison cell requesting White Snake on the radio in the car outside. Correct. And some girl would pull up and put kind of a surreal moment, put her speakers on full and play me my love songs for a good, like, three or four minutes for the police would come and make her move. But I got a song a day. But, yeah, this idea that I'm universally hated by women is insanity.

That's not true. So you said you're a mixed race. Your dad was black, your mom was not, was white. English, what do you make of the race conversation in the United States? I think it's deliberately they're trying to put fuel on the fire and they're deliberately trying to accelerate division.

This is what I believe. I think that if a black billionaire and a white billionaire meet somewhere, I don't think there's much conversation about race. No. I don't think there's any racism. Interesting.

They're not that interested in the topic, actually. They don't care. Right. But amongst the lower echelons of the populace, they seem very interested in trying to turn us all on each other. Yes, I wonder why that is.

And I wonder why they deliberately make laws and push media matters which are designed to do exactly that. I wonder why that is. We can sit and I have my own theories, but I think what certain people in the world would be most afraid of is the white people of a certain economic class and the black people of a certain economic class shaking hands and saying, this is bullshit. I think that would be very intimidating for them. So it's certainly accelerated.

And it's also very interesting because as a mixed race person, I will also sit and state I don't look particularly black. Most people can't guess where I'm from. I've had more discrimination against me for being a straight male than I've ever had for my skin color. I've had more people look at me or have problems with me purely because of my sexual orientation and my generally masculine essence than I've ever had anybody say anything about my skin color ever. And I'll also say, if somebody has a real problem with my skin color, who cares?

If someone's that ignorant, who gives a shit? I do find it amazing they managed to psyop people into being so brutally offended by it. If someone would come up to me and say, you're not white, I say, Correct. Have a nice day. Who cares?

It's amazing how they've got everyone wrapped up in this. But, yeah, it's certainly accelerated. And another thing that's very interesting about it, especially in America, a lot of Americans are insulated to, I feel like, world history. Yeah, I've noticed. You know, they're like, oh, slavery, slavery, slavery.

Slavery was everywhere. Every country had slaves. Arabs had slaves, chinese had slaves, aztecs had slaves. Everybody had slaves. The American Indians had slaves.

Everybody did. Correct. And they're like, oh, we've been enslaved. Everyone was enslaved. Unfortunately, the world wasn't such a nice place, right?

And there's been ethnic divisions in every single country on Earth since the dawn of time. There still is in many countries in the world today. They believe this is a uniquely American issue. And I would strongly argue that, one, is completely, utterly naught, and two, I think that if you are black, white, Asian, I think if you stand up, self respect, work hard, try your best, turn up on time, firm handshake, don't make excuses for anything, don't look for an easy way out. No matter what your skin color is in America or England or any other Western nation, I think you can be extremely successful.

I don't think anything's stopping you. That's not the message you get from, say, Kamala Harris, who's also mixed race. Her dad was Jamaican, her mom was Indian, but race is really at the center of her identity and her politics. What do you make of, say, Kamala Harris? Well, let's let's look at why they purport the idea that depression is so powerful and that you can just catch it from the sky, and now you're permanently depressed no matter what happens to you, and there's nothing you can do about it, and you can't improve your life and you can't be a better person.

Right. It's that self limiting belief. I think by also pushing this racism argument, it's also very much the same thing. I think if you adopt that mindset, if you wake up and you're a particular color, you're purple and you believe purple people can't make it, what's your chance of making it? Zero.

Yeah, right. So that's what's so destructive about it. This is why I'll even argue when I argue this point with people and they try and say, oh, but this happens. And they pull out these statistics and all this garbage from The Matrix. I say, Listen, even if the world's racist against purple people, the best thing you can do is be such an exceptional purple person that they need you.

They need you. The only answer is hard work. The only answer is self accountability, masculine essence, honor, dignity, making your ancestors proud of you because you hold the same last name as them. The answer is the same regardless, anyway. But when people at Kamala or Kamala are pushing this racism agenda, they're trying to say to people, effectively, you'll never be anything, and you don't stand a chance of ever being anything.

And I think that that makes people who aren't anything feel a little bit better about themselves. It's Cope and that's the only fans she has left are losers who she's told it's okay to be a loser because there's no way you could have not been a loser. And I will argue you could have been something a lot more than that, and you shouldn't listen to anybody who tells you not to be a loser. If someone were to come to me and say, andrew, you're a mixed race. You're from a single mother household.

You're never going to be rich, I'll say, Watch me. I don't believe you. I don't believe you. Who are you? So everything she's saying is, one, wrong.

Two, it's destructive to believe in three. I think it's her last hope at having any kind of fan at all, because she's largely incompetent. I don't think I've ever heard her put a compenduous, coherent sentence together.

And perhaps also, maybe that's the reason why she leans so heavily on race, because she's not impressive or competent. So she can say, oh, but I'm this color and I did it, instead of actually talking about how good of a job she's doing. Because if you have to discuss that part of her career or that part of her current life path, I think she'd be in a lot of trouble. I want to show you video of Joe Biden's challenger for the Democratic primary. Robert F.

Kennedy, Jr.

Runner. Runner. Runner. Run it.

So let's go, let's go, let's go.

Up.

What do you think of him? I think a strong body is a strong mind. I don't think there's anything wrong with the man exercising all until up until the age he dies. Why wouldn't he? I think that the bottom line of masculinity since the dawn of human time has been a propensity and a capability for violence.

I think that's what makes a man a man. I don't see any possible negative connotation with being in good physical shape. I think that's a fantastic way to show discipline, which is very important in any man who's important, especially a world leader. In fact, I love the idea of an elected world leader being in fantastic physical shape. I think it shows that they're a motivated, disciplined person, and I have a lot of respect for them for that.

And I think that in the military, we make it mandatory, right, to be in fantastic physical condition? Yes. So why wouldn't we have it mandatory for people who are in charge of the entire world? I think it's fantastic. The President of the United States seems to be failing physically.

As you look back at the country whose passport you hold at the President, what's your reaction? Well, sometimes, and it's not very often, I consider myself ignorant, but I feel like there must be some magic I missed, because wasn't he the most voted for president in history? Oh, yeah. Billions of votes. Yeah.

There must be some magic I just can't detect. Tucker, I don't want to more than Barack Obama. 81 million votes. It's insane. And I mean Barack.

Yeah, sure. He was very intelligent, articulate. He was concise and compenduous with his ideas. He could make you understand how he thinks. Yes.

But Joe must be better in some way. I can't seem to see how and I guess the fault. Is with me. I don't know what to say about that one. It's one of those lies that's so ridiculous that you're just like, okay, he got more votes than Barack Obama.

Shut up. He did. Shut up.

Excuse me, I want to get your take. This is sort of small ball, but I think tells you something about a largest trend in the United States. This is a state senator from the state of Wisconsin in a public hearing recently saying in a discussion on a crime bill, fuck the suburbs. Here she is. Fuck the suburbs because they don't know a goddamn thing about how life is in the city.

What is that? There's a hostility there. Where does that come from? That comes from being a perpetual victim. That comes from being told that everything that's happening to her is not her fault and she has no self accountability.

Even though she's managed to become a senator, somehow, she's still oppressed. And that means that everyone else who looks like her is also completely and utterly oppressed. And anybody who has a slightly better life in any way is, by extension, a bad person because they weren't oppressed. Yes, and that's where the hate comes from. The division is put there by these mindsets which are being purported by the people in charge of the world, convincing you that you have no control at all over your own life.

And that's why she's so resentful towards people who have done well in life, not even as well as her. I would also argue, perhaps I'm incorrect, that she probably lives in a suburb. Of course she does. So she's a hypocrite on top of that. But hypocrites are the fantastic thing about being a hypocrite is if you're a hypocrite with a little bit of power or influence, you're allowed to be a hypocrite because you're spreading information on the larger problem.

In fact, this is actually interesting. One of my funnest things. I'm going to announce this here on your show for everyone to know. This is a world exclusive. I want to become a climate change activist because when I was younger, people would say, what do you want to be when you grow up?

Do you want to be a fireman? You want to be Batman? Et cetera. And I wasn't sure what would really make me happy, but now I'm ultra wealthy, and I fly around on private jets all the time. I think that now is the time for me to become one of those hypocritical climate change actors.

100%. It's going to be super fun. Well, as your carbon footprint grows, your concern about carbon footprints grows. Absolutely. Eat the bugs.

Sell your car. How dare you eat meat on my jet? Of course I have meat, but I'm allowed to be a hypocrite because I'm spreading awareness for the overall pump for the greater good. For the greater good. I have to get to the climate change activist meetings, which happened to be in Switzerland.

I noticed, of course, although I'm flying on well, before this arrest, they're never in New Jersey. Never. So before this arrest, I was on about three or four jets a week, but every single time I was flying on my private plane, I was extremely concerned about the carbon footprint. Of course you were. And so I am now a climate change activist.

I just want to let the whole world know, because once you get to a certain level of power, of influence, you're absolutely not allowed to be a complete hypocrite. So you're allowed to live in the suburb and then tell everyone, fuck the suburbs and pretend that you're oppressed when you're a centerer of the most powerful nation on the planet because it's a logic fail on every level. So one of the human activities has got to produce the greatest carbon footprint is I would think war, right? I would think diesel powered machines, munitions going off. So I was a little bit surprised to see Greta Thunberg with Zelensky this morning.

What's interesting to me is this. Firstly, I would never kill myself. Secondly, imagine these people are so detached from reality. Imagine going, you know what we need to do, brainwave? We need to drum up support for this garbage.

Let's take the the most loved woman, Greta, and the most loved man, Zelensky. Let's make them meet. Think about the PR. Let's bring a camera and imagine people sitting around a table going, that's great. That's going to really make people support this.

Who gives a fuck? I don't want to swear, I'm sorry, but some young girl turns up to a war zone who has nothing. Why is she there? What are they going to talk about? I don't know, but what's their conversation?

I think she only yells. I don't think she does talk. I don't understand. Is she going to talk about how the childhood has been stolen from all those million Ukrainian men who have been blown to pieces? Like, she talks about childhood being stolen because we drive cars.

I don't think she is. I don't think she's going to mention that. Is it just a big PR opportunity? Like, what PR team came up with this concoction and thought, this will keep them on side? It's mind bending to me.

Who even thought this was a good idea? It's crazy. But of course somebody did. Somebody thought it was a fantastic idea. Have you ever met Greta thinberg.

No, but me and her have had some internet arguments. I think you went to prison for it, right? Yeah, correct. Which is amazing because I'm a climate change activist, so I'm on her team. I was in Sweden during COVID so we could have met.

She didn't want to hang out with me, unfortunately. And then now I'm flying around on my jet everywhere, spreading news about climate change. Same thing like in my Bugatti, obviously. It's got a big engine I make sure to talk about climate change out the windows as I drive. But I'm on her side.

She doesn't seem to be. Yell at the serfs as you pass about climate change. Yeah, don't eat meat, eat the bugs. What's wrong with you people? You don't care about the earth.

If you don't start caring about climate change all those politicians with beachfront property are going to lose their houses. Yes. And they're very concerned about climate change which is why they bought their houses on the beachfront. So they can be the first to let you know it's coming. The early warning system.

Right. They're very concerned. That's why they want to be right there on the beach. Quite honorable if you think about it. Kind of on the front lines.

The climate cris absolutely lead from the front. So good.

But one more point about this story. Sorry to go on and on. Oh I love it. But when I say these things, people, you don't care about the environment. And I try and explain to them I love nature.

You love hunting, fishing. You love nature. I love nature passionately. The problem with all of these things is not that I don't like nature. The problem is that nearly any issue which appears to be virtuous on the planet today is Trojan horsed with garbage.

That's the problem. I have no problem with fixing or maintaining or preserving nature. I have a problem with them telling me I have to maintain nature. Them Trojan horsing my bankruptcy into the middle of it, knowing that nature won't be fixed, then telling me it's about nature and telling me I should agree with it. That's my problem.

There's nothing left on the planet, no issue which isn't Trojan horsed with absolute garbage. And if you're going to sit there and tell me that I need to give more money to the government to stop the sun from being hot, I'm going to argue with you that I'd rather keep my money, thank you very much. Yes. So this is a problem with all these issues. It's nearly anything when I argue against some people.

You don't care about the issue. I do. But you're not smart enough to understand that the legislation around this issue is so large hasn't even been read by most of the people voting for it. And there's something in the middle of it which is going to damage every single person's life, which has nothing at all to do with the issue itself. And most people don't understand that.

They coopt people's best instincts, their love of nature, which is a virtue of course, their love of their neighbors during COVID Don't you care about your neighbors? Oh completely. You do? And your grandparents? I revere my grandparents.

Of course. And you're a bad person if you resist. I was a terrible person for going to Sweden. You're a very bad person. You don't care about anyone else.

And that's how they do. It's weaponized virtue and my opposers every single virtuous thing that comes out of their mouth is never from a place of virtue. It's from a place of hate. Yes, it's weaponized. And also and I don't talk about this very often, but people can go right now to Tatepepepledge.com.

I donate $25 million a year to feeding children in war torn countries, especially in the Islamic world, because that's where a lot of the war is. Nobody ever mentions that, ever. No mentions any of the charitable work I do. Nobody mentions any of the lives I save. Nobody mentions any of the people who support me.

They don't mention anything at all. They just come along and say, you're a bad person. I say, well, if I'm a bad person, let's talk about the things you've done to genuinely benefit humanity besides sit on Twitter and talk shit. Have you ever done anything for anybody ever? Are you capable of doing anything?

Because the things that make me a bad person, right? You don't like me for my principles and the fact I stand up for myself, and the fact I have parameters, and I say, no. Everything you hate about me, those are the things that allow me to even do good in the world. If I was like you, mush goo, I couldn't even help anyone. If you had to help someone today, how could you even do it?

You're broke and you're lazy and you're stupid. You can't even enlighten anybody. You can just spread hate. How is that helping the world? These people are a net negative, genuinely.

And that's what's so crazy about being attacked for your morality, like I'm being now. And when you're a good person, in general, they attack your morality, because the people who are attacking you are absolutely not immoral the ultimate hypocriticism, ultimate even more than my private jet climate change stance. So it's certainly unique. I do like to believe, though, we're entering a new stage of consciousness. I do like to believe at least from ten to 15 years ago, more people are I think COVID woke some people up.

I do like to believe the MSM credibility is tanking in real time. Trump helped massively fake news. Two words before Trump. When did you ever hear fake news? I didn't really hear it that often.

Yeah, fake news, fake news, fake news. And he did a fantastic job of that, and he's starting to wake people up. So I'd like to believe there's a degree of us winning, but I just want to make it very clear to the people who attack me and the people who attack anybody who stands up for what they believe in. A lot of their virtue their virtue, their virtue signaling is just hate pedaling. And when they can't call you unsuccessful and they can't call you stupid, they have to find a way to hurt you.

And the only way they can do that is to say you're a bad person. I've noticed. Yes, I have. So here's Joe Biden expressing his concern about how Putin is doing in the war in Iraq. Interesting, hard to tell, but he's clearly losing the war in Iraq.

He's losing the war at home, and he is coming to the fly around the world. Do you think Putin is losing the war in Iraq? I don't think he's losing the war in Iraq. I don't think he's fighting the war in Iraq. Okay.

He also said he's losing the war at home. I don't think he's fighting in Russia, and I'm also not sure he's losing. So it's pretty interesting statement on many levels. It's scary. It's a joke, but it's scary because I would never kill myself.

But I think the reason he was put into office is because he's incompetent. Yes. Because that makes him easy to control and influence. That's what's most scary. It's not scary that he's become incompetent in office.

It's that they looked at him and goes, that's who we need, that guy. That's what's most scary to me. Does it surprise you that the weakest president is also the most destructive? Weak men are always destructive because hurt people. Hurt people?

Yeah. Someone said that to me a long time ago. Hurt people. Hurt people. They were talking about a relationship, and I said, that's true.

If your heart's been broken, you're probably going to be a bit of an asshole and break someone's heart. Hurt people. Hurt people. And then I thought, well, if you're a weak command and you're going through life and you don't have the strength and resilience to resist the trials and tribulations of being a man, and you're constantly hurt by everything, and you're constantly upset and depressed and sad because you're weak, how could you possibly do good? Hurt people.

Hurt people. Right. To do good, you have to be a good person to begin with and to be a good person, you're virtuous, and you've gone through a lot of things that made you strong. This is what's mind bending to me. That the idea that strong men are somehow bad.

And it's the ultimate hypocrisy. Because as soon as something happens, especially physically, as soon as liberals attacked, they call the police. Defund the police. Call the police. Don't be masculine police officer.

They want a big, strong man with a gun. Guns are bad. They want him to have one. Right? So the ultimate hypocrisy on every level is absolutely gnarly, insane.

At the base realities of humanity, the absolute base reality, strength in men is respected and wanted. And I think that the closer you get to unfortunate circumstance, the closer you get to reality. They go hand in hand, and then everyone's looking for the strong men. So strong men should always lead, I believe. And for a longest period of human time, that's how society functioned.

The strongest men led. But in the Western world now, that doesn't seem to be the case anymore. And weak men are emotionally led. They're not particularly stoic, they are impulsive. And I would say that the most heinous acts, perhaps that happen in modern society today are purported and committed by weak men.

I don't think a school shooter is a strong man. I think it's a weak man. I think it's a man who's been picked on, got butthurt, is upset, girls don't like him, never learnt any emotional control. He's the kind of person who does exactly what the TV tells him to do act out your feelings, cry when you want to cry. Well, now he's angry.

So now what? You told him to act out his feelings. What do you expect him to do? I think that weak men do the worst things. I think weak men hurt women.

I think weak men rob stores because they don't want to wake up and work hard and go to work and do it the honorable way. It's a weak man who goes and steals. It's a weak man who beats the shit out of a girl. It's a weak man or school who shoots up a school. This is all weak men stuff.

And society as a whole is telling men to be weaker and weaker. Saying it's somehow the solution to everything. Because being a man is toxically masculine. Being a strong man is bad. It's toxically masculine.

To be a good man, you have to be a very weak one. Well, look at the most heinous acts that are committed in society. Show me a strong, honorable, virtuous man of principle who's doing any of this stuff. So weak men commit the atrocities in this world? Absolutely they do.

And it's weak men who also attack anybody of virtue. Because I think when you're weak, you're intrinsically unhappy. I don't think as a man you can be happy if you're weak. I think happiness and strength go hand in hand. Yes.

I think that's how we're supposed to be, right? Even strength of mind, strength of conviction, strength of something. If you're weak, you're going to be miserable. So I do find satisfaction in the fact that most of the men who truly dislike me are miserable and weak. And also, like I said earlier about women being gatekeepers, women are fantastic.

Women are a fantastic they're like a barometer for society. I would say you can measure the strength of a society or the virtue of a society, or how decayed a society is largely by the actions of many women. I'd like to argue that point. I can argue that point in many different ways. But women really want their man to be strong.

Of course they will punish you for being weak. And I'm not saying you can never cry to your woman. I'm not saying you can never open up to your woman. But there's going to become a time where she expects you to just be capable. There's a problem.

And even if you don't know how to fix it, your job as a man is to say, I'll handle it. Even if you have no money and no hope and to go and find a way to fix the problem. If you're weak and go I don't know, I don't know, she becomes very resentful towards you and she'll punish you for that, that weakness. And I think what she's trying to do on an evolutionary standard is inspire you to man up, because it's your job to protect her, isn't it? Of course.

So if she sees you and looks at you and doesn't see you as a man who could protect her, she can't respect you. So every survey of female happiness in the west shows just in a straight decline since about 970 till now. Women are becoming less happy in the west. I think it's very obvious what accounts for that. How can you be happy when all the men around you aren't men?

Right. We are the most beautiful union that God has possibly created on the planet. A feminine woman and a masculine man. It's the most beautiful union that can possibly exist. It raises children the best.

Both parties are happier, both parties gain. It's a net positive for everybody. There's no negative, there's no downside. But if you destroy one side of the equation, then the other side is going to be completely and utterly miserable and unhappy. How, as a woman, can you be happy if you can't find a man who you believe can protect you, provide for you, sticks up for you, has morals, has principles?

There's none of those men left. So then what they do is just go from man to man trying to find it. And by the time they've been through enough men to maybe find someone semi close to it, they've been through too many men to ever be happy. And then you have the absolute destruction of Western society. We talk about why men don't get married anymore.

I can tell you why I wouldn't want to get married in America. I don't see the point in being married to a woman who's had so many partners before me that she can't properly pair bond with me and then giving her the opportunity to financially destroy me. I think that would be a bad chess move. And I do believe in marriage. I think society would be better if everyone was married.

I'm saying that if you're living in an immoral society, being a moral person, if you're not careful about it, you can get wrecked. If the game is rigged, you'd be very careful if you play it. So how do we encourage men to get married? Well, they need to be worth marrying, but so do the women, right? So everything's decaying on both sides.

Everything's spiraling. One of the reasons I also got called misogynistic, and I'll say it here, I argue the point that for the longest period of human time evolutionarily, women had to adopt and find a way to take the ethos of an opposing tribe perhaps quicker than a man could. Because of war. If the men would fight and a tribe lost and the women survived, they had to change how they thought to fit in with the new tribe to survive. Yeah, because they'd be carried off.

Because they'd be carried off. Of course. Like the French women were sleeping with Nazis. Towards the end of it, towards the end of Paris occupation, all the French women were sleeping with Nazis. When the Nazis got kicked out, the French women had all had their heads shaved because they got caught hanging around with German soldiers.

The German soldiers killed their husband three years later. They need to eat. Do German soldiers have a wage? He's handsome. It's amazing how quickly they can adapt, and that's for their own survival.

That's fantastic. But then if you extrapolate out and you understand that to be true, then you also understand that women are more susceptible to programming. To a degree. I got called misogynistic by saying that if you sit 100 men and 100 women down in front of propaganda, I believe that women are more likely to believe a lot of that. I think a lot of liberals are female.

They're more emotional, and it's easier to convince them of something if you use an emotionally led argument. Right. So if by extension, you now have women who are emotionally led, who are being convinced, and their logic is failing because they're being tricked with an emotionally led argument, and the man they're meeting has no principle and no honor, and he can't resist that. She's in charge of the house. Well, now she's telling the man what to do.

Right. If I would have come home during COVID and my woman said, you need to wear a mask, I'd say, no, I don't. End of conversation. Or if I was a synth, you need to wear a mask. Okay, baby.

All right. So the women are also largely in charge of the psy op because the men are so desperate to get any kind of connection with a real person and avoid the porn screen. And then these women are being controlled by the mass media as a whole. I say this to I have children. I don't talk about it often, but I say it to the mothers of my children.

I say, look, either we program their minds or society does. Who do you believe in? Everyone is being programmed by somebody in something me, you, everybody. We're all programmed by someone. To sit and think you're above programming is incorrect.

What you have to do is sit and say, does the person who's programming genuinely have my best interests at heart? What do they want me to believe? Why do they want me to believe it? What happens if I believe what they want me to believe? Where does this lead?

That's all we can do. We're all programmed. We're all the sum of the five people we spend the most time with, right? So if you have women with no father, no strong, masculine influence, who's programming them? The kardashians and the news, the internet, porn stars, what kind of woman's that going to be?

And then if a man finally ends up with her and he has no backbone, what kind of man is he going to be? I don't want to comment on these things because I don't want to make personal enemies of people I don't know. There's a guy called Adam, 22. Once again, I have no idea who this man is. I just saw on Twitter yesterday that he was with a porn star who'd never done a male scene.

They got married, and like, a week after their marriage, she did her first male scene with some random dude and he's on a podcast defending it, but his wife had sex with somebody else. Correct. Why? This is the level you can but this is what The Matrix wants from you as a man. They want the woman in charge and the man below with no backbone, because if the woman's in charge, they can emotionally affect her.

They can scare her. You can scare a woman easier than you can scare a man. A man, a real man's, hard to scare a woman. You can make afraid of the vaccine, right? Be afraid, COVID be scared.

If she's in charge of the household, I would argue in nearly any household where the female was dominant, everyone's vaccinated. I would argue that point hard, of course, maybe I'm wrong, but I would argue it. I don't have the statistics. It's just logic to me. So talk about women being unhappy.

What's actually interesting about the female mind, once again, they're going to call me a misogynist is that when you're an emotionally led person, you're more prone to chaos. It takes real stoicism to lead. So why are these women unhappy? Because no one's leading them. No fathers, no man of no backbone, no man they respect.

So they're relying on society, which is promoting chaos and their own mental state. Women will say all the time, my period was coming up, so I was crazy. They'll say that themselves. So without any kind of hard rock of emotional security, to give her a hug and say, don't worry, baby, calm down. It's okay.

When you have no hard rock of emotional security and you leave her to her own devices, she's going to be, to a degree, chaotic. And you know who told me this? A woman said this to me. A woman said this to me. A woman said, most women are closer to her mental breakdown than you possibly believe.

Day by day, I was like, really? She goes, yeah. And that's what I love about my husband. He makes me feel happy and secure and safe. If I'm starting to have a problem.

I know. I go to him and he makes me feel safe. He's my rock. There's a woman said this to me a long time ago. Yes.

So why are women miserable? Because where are they going to get their happiness from? Where they're going to get their emotional stability from? It's not their job. I don't believe it's a woman's job to be emotionally stable.

It's a woman's job to do many other very important things that men can't do. More important, they're better than men at a lot of things, women are, but it's our job to be emotionally stable. Women are better than us at certain things are better other things. And that's why, as a team, we're so powerful to sit and pretend we're all the same the whole way through. Then why do we even need each other anymore?

Well, I don't think we do. You're exactly it. And this is why we have birth rates declining porn, women who are running around sharing one man with no intention of having children. Marriage is gone. Where do we think this is going to end?

And what's interesting about it ends with the training thing. Right? Completely. Yeah, that's the old no, I'm serious, though. If there's no scrambling the idea of the gender binary of sex differences, that is kind of the end point.

Well, the end point is, yeah, men are the same as women, so it doesn't even matter. Right? I can be a woman today, be a man tomorrow. None of it matters anymore. I also think a large part of this transsexual movement, I think a large part of it is a deliberate attack on us and our senses because they're trying to convince us to ignore our eyes.

I do believe that is a bottom line. I think the bottom line of slavery are your own senses. Like, no matter what I'm told that it's cold outside, I feel warm. That's the bottom line. So once they can convince you that your senses are wrong, well, then you're completely open for the slave program.

Once you can look at something with your eyes and ignore your eyes, you're a prime candidate. So I think a lot of this has also something to do with that. You are going to say that's a girl. That's what you are going to say because you have to. And if you say it long enough, you'll think it.

And if you won't, your children will. Because we'll tell them eventually you're going to say it. Then it becomes true. Then you ignore your eyes. Now you believe anything, right?

So the next thing comes along. Now you'll believe all the people on the jets tell you about climate change. It's all an attack on the senses.

This is America's most famous admiral. It's such an important issue for our youth and adults. As you said, some of these laws are actually extending into adulthood. We often say that gender affirming care is. Health care.

Gender affirming care is mental health care and gender affirming care is literally suicide prevention care. Would that be your view as well? I 100% agree. I want to actually genuinely give my heartfelt condolences to any young person who falls for this crap, because you're going to be so miserable for the rest of your life if you chop off your genitals, take a whole bunch of chemicals as a teenager, you are going to be miserable for the rest of your life. Yes.

You're never going to be the person you want to be. You're never going to be accepted as that person. You're never going to feel happy in side. If you fall for this, I genuinely feel sorry for you. That's the first thing I'm going to say.

The second thing I'm going to say I find it very interesting that the only surgery we call affirming is gender surgery. Imagine a girl woke up and said, I was born in the wrong body because my tits are small. I'm a big titted woman, but I was born in the wrong body. I need a tit affirming care. I need to affirm my true body shape, otherwise I have a mental health problem.

No, it's plastic, it looks good, perhaps, whatever. But we would never say she was born in the wrong body and we had to affirm her genuine body experience. Her triple DS. Yeah, her triple D's had to be affirmed. It's garbage.

You're not affirming anything. And also, I think it's kind of interesting, they say that trans people commit suicide at higher rate. That's sad. Nobody should kill themselves. I would hate for anybody to kill themselves.

They say that's because they're picked on for being trans. I don't know why anyone's ever had the argument that perhaps they have a mental instability before this trans stuff and that's why they're more prone to suicide in the first place. Seems like an obvious explanation. Seems like an obvious explanation. I don't think it's normal for anybody to want to mutilate themselves.

I think if someone were to come to me and say, I really want to cut my hand off, I would think they had a mental illness. Why? Don't like it? What do you mean you don't like it? I don't like my hand.

I don't want it. I would think that's very concerning. So I really, truly feel sorry for any young people who fall for this. I don't blame them. I think it's a massive psyop and I think if you fall for it, you're going to be miserable forever.

And one more point I'll make on this whole thing I found very interesting. I'm a professional fighter, so I spent a lot of time in Thailand when I was fighting. Kickboxing is big over there and I've always thought no one's ever mentioned that Thailand has a bunch of lady boys, right? But if you say to a lady boy, are you a man or a woman. She goes, I'm a lady boy.

What's that? I'm a man, but I'm a lady boy. They don't see themselves as women in the real sense of I am female. They don't want to compete against women in sports. They don't want to pretend they can have kids.

They don't talk about having periods. They're like, I'm a lady boy. It's like, kind of like in between. It's got its own thing. India has the same yeah, it's fine.

Nobody over there is genuinely arguing that they are actually female. Only in America are we doing that. And that's what's the craziest thing of all. Even if you truly, truly believe you need to change gender, and you truly believe it's the right path for you, and you believe you're not being Psyoped, and you believe you're going to be happy and you believe you need to mutilate yourself, that's all fine. But then to come along with the hubris and arrogance to tell me that I have to pretend you're something you're not biologically that's right.

That's absolutely not really arrogant. You can't tell me what I have to call you, right? I'm allowed to come to my own conclusions and opinions. And the whole point of being a human is that we've gone through life long enough to identify patterns. Imagine humans didn't identify patterns.

One person went and got ate by the lion. You watch it happen, then you go for a turn like, no, you work out over time. Don't go near the lion, right? If I look at a person who's six foot four, muscularly, built, with a big jaw and a beard, my brain and my life experience tells me that's quite often a man very often it is very often. That's the conclusion I've come to, to come along and say no, because I've decided to do X-Y-Z.

You have to ignore all of the patterns you've identified throughout your entire life and everything you believe to be true. You have to throw away all the science and your entire worldview and everything about how you view the world. You have to eject that from your brain and call me what I want to be called is extremely arrogant. And if I went through the world and said everyone had to call me King Andrew, they'd tell me, Shut up. Why?

If they can get called whatever they want, I should be able to get called whatever I want. I want to be King Andrew, number one savior of Earth, climate change activist. That's what I want to be. And if anybody calls me anything else, they're a bigot. That's what we're going to do.

We're going to go down that path. I'm going to make sure that my title is good. Lord of all lands of lord of all beasts of the land and fishes in the sea, the most honorable man who's ever lived, the fastest human alive. Who cares? Doesn't matter that I can't run fastest.

It doesn't matter, Tucker. I'm the fastest human alive. You must affirm my belief. I'm the fastest man alive. Greatest man in show business.

Sorry, Tucker. Best political commentator there's ever been. Let's just go down this path of insanity. Why not walk around with stickers on our head? Be great, be fun.

The scariest thing about all this stuff is that the world is still polarized to a degree, because there are certain places in the world which are too close to baseline reality for survival for any of this garbage to fly. You think you can go to Tajikistan where people are trying to eat and talk to them about gender and all this garbage? They'll be like, Listen, you're a man. This needs doing. Shut up.

Right? There's no time for any of that. So, as the Western world is self destroying, is self destructing in real time, there are places in the world where none of this crap is happening. So who's going to own the world in 100, 200 years? It's still competitive to a degree.

It's still bipolar. There's two sides to the world. I think that when men are men and women are women, and we stop arguing about dumb shit, that society overall is more competitive. I don't know how America is going to maintain its influence over the entire planet when it's doing all this garbage. How long can this possibly last?

Not long. Not long. It's like the fall of Rome. The fall of Rome. Everything became decadent.

Endless sex and orgies. No one had enough faith in the state to join the army anymore. And people talk about barbarians destroying Rome. Rome was destroyed from the inside. That's what happens.

And we're witnessing it in real time. And we have all these problems on Earth, and then they want to spend millions and millions of dollars on an investigation to prove that I'm a human trafficker for TikTok. It's clown world. Nothing even makes sense anymore. This is a video from a recent Pride march in New York, and I'm interested in your view of it for your children.

We're here. We're there.

So I have a few points on this. The first point is that it is an unfortunate reality, and I'm not going to be called a bigot. I'm going to talk about the reality that the homosexual community cannot reproduce in and of themselves. So for them to have a community into the future, they do need your children. That's how they think.

For there to be a homosexual community in 100 years from now, they need straight people's kids, because only straight people have children. So they're telling the truth. That's the first thing. They mean what they say. The second thing is, I think a lot of this is an attention grab by them.

I think they are slightly disappointed in how tolerant many people actually are. I have no problem with gay people. I don't care. I'm gay. Cool.

I want to get married. Fine. I'm going to wave my dick in your kid's face. Wait a second. Yeah.

They push it to a point where we have to react, and then when we react, they say, we're bigoted. Children are innocent, and destruction of innocence is one of the most disgusting things on the face of the planet. It's terrible if a child is killed in a war. It's terrible if a child's mind is warped by any propaganda mechanism. They're innocent.

What I don't understand is why imagine heterosexual men walked around naked saying, we're coming for the children. Well, someone gets shot. Absolutely. So why is it when you're a good reason. Completely.

So as soon as there's this sexual orientation, they're completely protected. And I think that the whole point of having children as a whole, is to instill them with your worldview. I know if I have children, I want them to be like me. We just talked about my last name and how I want them to honor me into my post death. Then I want them to be a representation of me, which means they should believe in my values and my creeds.

Why is a group of people in New York walking around telling me what they're going to teach my kids and what my kids should believe? They're not your kids, they're my kids. Right. And that's what's so scary, because children are impressionable and children are raised by the state and the Internet effectively, which is why they want me off the Internet. But they'll let a lot of people stay on the Internet that say a lot about a lot of things.

I'll argue that if I was transgender, the American Embassy would have told Romania they were bigoted and removed me pretty quickly. I would genuinely argue that point. They would say, no, what you're doing is abusive to the LGBT community. He must be removed from jail, of course. Immediately.

Immediately. But because I'm straight and heterosexual, it doesn't matter. We're the class that suffers the biggest bigotry that possibly exists in the Western world today. I would actually argue that point. But they're saying this to be deliberately provocative.

They're deliberately trying to upset people. They want to upset you so that when you talk against it, they can call you names and call you a bigot. And also they mean what they say, and it's truly scary. I'm obviously a Muslim. I'm Islamic.

What most people don't understand about a lot of the Islamic world is that a lot of these things are outlawed, right? But people say so. Gay people can't go there. If you go to Dubai, you will see gay people. If a guy wants to be gay and do whatever he wants to do with a full grown man in his own house, I don't care.

And you can tell. You might have a waiter who's gay, whatever, et cetera. The only reason it's outlawed is not to stop a man full grown man meeting a full grown man and doing what he decides to do. It's outlawed to prevent it bleeding into society and affecting the culture where the children are affected. That's why it's outlawed.

And I'm not saying it should be outlawed in America. But what I'm saying is, if you're not going to protect the innocence of children from any ideology, and if the ideology is deliberately targeting children because children are more impressionable and more capable of believing in things which simply aren't true, perhaps a man looking like a woman or vice versa, then that is a dangerous ideology that should be very closely examined. Well, if you're not going to protect children or if you're going to encourage women to fight your wars, why have a society in the first place? Well, this is the whole point of society to protect women. You know what's really interesting?

I argued this point once. They were talking about how the west is a patriarchy and it's so terrible to be a woman in the west. And I'm like, well, where's better to be a woman then, if it's not the west, please tell me, pick another country besides America where you'd rather be a woman garbage to begin with. But you're saying, oh, America is a patriarchy and Americans, we're all missiles, and men are so bad, and women have been oppressed since the beginning of time. It's always been a patriarchy.

If that's true, why don't women fight our wars? Think about it. We can get the women of our country and the women of another country and let them go die in a ditch. And us men can just sit around being patriarchs. Why do we have to go die?

Why do we have to go get our legs blown off? No, because we're a patriarchy. Women can go suffer. Or do the women get to stay at home and we go suffer? How is it a patriarchy, right?

So that's garbage to begin with. But I think genuinely, to go back to that point, any ideology which is waking up and saying our worldview is so extreme, the only way we can truly ensure it exists into the future is to find the most susceptible people on the planet to program and attack their minds children. I think that's a destructive ideology and should be very closely looked at. It doesn't matter if it's LGBTQ or anything else. I think if you sit children down and pump propaganda into their brain and that's the only way you can get what you want, then there's probably something wrong with your ideas because you're afraid to challenge them with a grown adult.

You don't want a fair fight, you understand? They don't want a fair fight. They want to sit with a child who has no idea what he's talking about and tell him that men are women and women are men, vice versa, and just completely confused a poor child because they don't want a fair fight against a rational adult, and that's scary. It doesn't seem a huge improvement over, say, ISIS to me. Absolutely.

That's how do you convince somebody to blow themselves up? Well, you find a young man, teenage boy, and you program his mind, and it's exactly the same thing. They don't try and convince an older man to blow himself up because he's going to sit there and go, why don't you blow yourself up? And then there's an argument. You go find a young, susceptible person.

Right. And that's what's so scary about all of it. And it's also kind of funny that this whole LGBTQ thing is also linked to the Patriarchy, also linked to all this other garbage and all these other false narratives and false ideas. And it's these people who are attacking me saying I'm dangerous for women because I'm a misogynist. You're dangerous for women for pretending men are women.

You're more dangerous for women than I am. I'm saying a man's, a man's, a woman's. A woman. You're saying that if I put a wig on, I could go punch women in the face in the boxing ring? Who's dangerous for women?

It's insanity. And again, they have no virtue at all. They just weaponize garbage and attack you with it. But I do think that children have to at least be the bottom line for society. That's the future.

And if you have children at home, you're raising them, and if you struggle to feed them, the government doesn't care. They are yours, and they're your problem and your responsibility. And you deal with all of the stress and all the worry of them being out late at night and all the responsibility of taking care of them, and you went through hell for them to exist. You don't owe their minds to anybody else. You don't owe it.

So there has to be a point where you stand up and say, no, I raised this child. That's my child. It's not yours. Absolutely. What do you make of Julian assange?

I think that it's crazy. It's the number one way to shut up the BBC, that's for sure, to mention him, say, oh, you're a journalist. You care about journalism. Do you care about a fair and independent story? Why is Assange in Belmarsh very interesting?

What do they say? They don't answer. They try and change subject. They always do. I did it.

I stole it from the Azerbaijani president. He started I saw that. Yeah. It's great. You know him?

I don't know him, but I've seen enough of his interviews to like him. Me, too. Yeah, I like him. And this is what I'm saying about the world. There's so many places in the world where they still live very firmly in the real world.

All of this garbage is just the result of the very simple, easy lives that we have inside the movie The Matrix, which I recommend you watch. The agents say, we tried to create a utopia for the human mind, so that your mind is in a utopian state and your body can just be used. But the human mind rejects utopia. We created the world in 1999 at the pinnacle of human civilization, before machines took over, because the human mind needs struggle and it needs problems, otherwise it rejects it. Yes.

And I kind of feel it was a whole bunch of people trying to just find problems and find struggle in their lives because they don't have enough motivation to do something that's genuinely difficult, like help people, but they can't live in this state of complete vegetation. So then they wake up and say, oh, I'm oppressed my pronouns. How much energy must it take to go through life trying to correct every person you interact with, to call you Z? Think of the calories burnt. I can't think of a bigger waste of time.

Think of the calories burnt. Every Starbucks employee is actually z. Correct. You are a moron, and you are just wasting so much energy. You could put that towards something beneficial.

You could volunteer, you could go to the gym. There's so much more you could do with walk instead of walking around and talk about z. You sound like a dumb ass. But they're just finding struggle because they don't have any actual importance struggling in their lives, and that's why it only exists in the decadent west. Do you think the coming famine will change that?

Absolutely. I would argue that when the famine comes, I think all these feminists will look for a strong man of resource who is stoic, who has a good network, who's capable and important and respected. It's amazing how quickly feminism disappears. In fact, there's a podcast I did called Fresh and Fit, and I did this podcast in Miami, and I was arguing about gender roles with seven girls, and during it, they were telling me that they can do anything. A man can do all the usual things, and they don't care.

They don't need a man. All this garbage, and some crazy fan knocked on the door for me, and he had a gun. He knocked on the door. You should have seen the women, how quickly they became feminists. When I had to go to that door, they all completely changed.

Go, go. Oh, the feminism's out the window. There's no feminists on the Titanic. There's no feminisms in a famine. There's no feminists at war, where's the feminists go to war, right?

I remember when Afghanistan, when we did that very well planned, very thorough evacuation of Afghanistan and all the schools that we opened for women got shut down by the Taliban. And I was having this conversation with someone, and I was saying, okay, well, you're an Afghan man, right? You've been hired by the Afghan Defense Force and America's now left, and you have a meager wage. And America's left and the Taliban are coming. And you're standing outside of the school with your AK, and they're coming with whatever they've got.

And you're looking at the school going, do I really want girls to go to school that bad? Not really. Just put it down. You walk off and this girl's like, yeah, but you know, it's really important. And I'm like, yeah, it is very important.

I agree women should have education and write the education. Completely agree. But you're also saying here that men should die for it, which is fine. I'm not saying that shouldn't be the case, but I'm saying that you should give men the respect they deserve for dying for your education. Because it's not the women who are going to defend that female school, it's the men.

So if you're going to shit on men all day long and say, we ain't worth anything until a war comes and then you want us to go die, that's interesting. When the famine comes, the closer reality gets towards baseline survival, the closer we become towards our gender roles, because it's the only way we can be competitive. If you took ten men and ten women and stranded them on a desert island, the men would be men and the women would be women, because if they didn't, they would die. That's the bottom line. And I think that if you look at history since the dawn of time, men were masculine, and also men, by and large, were generally ruling the society, not in an oppressive way, but in a protective way.

And I think that makes the society most competitive. And my argument for that is that if you name any society since the dawn of human time, men were protecting women, providing for women, and basically in charge of the society. And these are societies that never met. There can't be an idea that spread. The Ming dynasty and the Aztecs, they're pretty far away, but that's how society was most effective.

And when feminists argue with me and say, we this society run by women, I said, well, that's never, ever happened. And if it has happened, they got destroyed so quickly, they never had a history. We can't even name one. So it's a brand new idea, which I'm not saying is a bad idea. I'm saying if it's a brand new idea, you can't tell me it's going to be better, because it's never been tried, ever.

So we're going to see. But what happens if it doesn't work with the most powerful nation on earth, right? So we're feminizing men and women have more and more control and more power, which is fantastic. I'm saying this is untested. Who knows where any of this is leading?

And our competitors, America's competitors, are still very firm in their gender roles. So it's certainly an interesting period of history you're about to enter. It's very interesting. What's your view of tobacco? I love tobacco, so my diet is particularly strange.

I've been told I live on caffeine and nicotine so I eat once a day. I eat dinner. Only 80% of my calories come from meat. I have ten cups of coffee a day and three or four large cigars. So I like caffeine and nicotine.

I do too. Yeah. It makes me feel good. Makes me feel like my blood's on fire a little bit. Caffeine and nicotine, I think, are fantastic.

But you're a health guy. Obviously I'm a health guy. But smoking is fantastic for your testosterone level, and I think that's important in a man. I think that's also important in the resistance of slavery. You can feel it?

Oh, 100%. And I'm not saying that smoking is healthy. I'm not saying that because I also train exceptionally hard every single day. And when I was professionally fighting, I didn't smoke. But I think, in general, testosterone level is a fantastic way to measure your overall health as a man.

But nicotine has a positive correlation of testosterone. Absolutely. It's been proven. Yeah, it's been proven repeatedly. So that's why I love nicotine so much.

And then caffeine, I love to have that little bit of not jitter, but I like to feel energetic and I like to be hungry. My optimal state is hungry, but energetic. That's how I get the most done. I don't like eating. If I eat, I feel full, I feel lethargic, I like to totally, yeah, I like to be hungry and 1% irritable from my fifth coffee and a bunch of nicotine inside of me.

That's how I like to perform. So, yeah, I think it's a good thing. And it's interesting how focused the people in charge are on nicotine. Fentanyl becomes really common. 100,000 people die a year from it.

Nobody notices, but they're still trying to shut down not just tobacco, but non tobacco nicotine devices. Yep. Why? That's a really good point. We could argue it's down to testosterone level.

I don't know if you ever saw the study which linked people's testosterone level to their ability and capability to disagree with something. So they did a study which is pretty self explanatory. The higher your testosterone level, the more likely you are to disagree with a point. And the reason for that is because, especially in older times, if you're going to disagree with something, you had to fight over it. Yeah.

If you're going to say no to somebody or some tribe or some person, there's a very, like, there's a high chance that you're going to have to fight that person. You have to defend your idea. If you don't have the propensity or the capability to defend your idea, then why would you go against the ideas of the people who are stronger than you? So reducing testosterone levels make men more compliant and more complacent, because we're less likely to say no, because we can't defend what we think. Why would we say, you're wrong, but we can't do anything about it.

We might as well just say, well, then you're right. Mike makes right. So reducing testosterone levels in men is something which I believe they're trying very hard to do. And if you read the studies, they're succeeding. Testosterone levels have gone off the off the edge, off the cliff.

And perhaps that's why they attack smoking so heavily. I understand that smoking a lot of cigarettes can be very bad for you, but I think everything in moderation and I think that overall I would rather smoke a few cigars today and maintain my testosterone level, which it's good for, than not. I think the benefits outweigh the negatives. Couldn't agree more. And my final question is about digital currency.

Do you think it's inevitable and what would its effects be? CBDCs are inevitable and they're scary, they're super scary because it's the final absolute realm of control. I mean, they're already removing cash from society. I think they say that because they want to be able to trace things easier and that's certainly part of it. But I also have another theory on it.

I think if you have a $50 bill and I give it to the barber for my haircut, and then he goes and buys groceries with it from the grocer, and the grocer goes and gets his car washed. A $50 goes from place to place. And after 20 or 30 transactions, the $50 bill belongs to somebody and it's worth $50. Whereas if I pay by card, 1.5% goes to the bank. And then if he takes the money I've given him and pays for the groceries, 1.5% goes to the bank.

And after the groceries have been paid for, when he goes to get his car washed, 1.5% goes to the bank. So after 20 or 30 transactions the $50 is gone. The bank has it all. I think that's why they're so desperate to rid of cash. Interesting, CBDCs are the next level because once the money is completely digital, then they control everything you do with it.

They control where it goes, but they can also control how and when it can be spent. Imagine some terrible future dystopian society where your money arrives and they say it can only be spent on food or it can only be spent on vegetables because you've had too much meat this week. Or you can't buy transport to a particular area because there's resistance of government oppression in that area. So your money won't work for trains right now because nobody can go down there because we don't want everyone in a large group. We want everyone at home in their pods and they can track everywhere it goes and they can also track how it's spent and they can control how it's spent, they can put time limit on it.

You have an hour to spend this money. Scary. Like, think of all the ways they can inflict control over it. And I think this is actually one of the reasons why also I'm disliked the BBC said. This to me when they interviewed me.

They said, lucy, the very intelligent BBC reporter, said word for word, you have a Bugatti and a cigar. And that means it comes with a side order of misogyny. I said, how does having a Bugatti and a cigar come with a side order of misogyny? And you can order misogyny on the side. Looks like it looks like a sauce.

And she repeated it because she couldn't. Yeah, you have a Bugatti and a cigar, and it comes with a side order misogyny. So I was like, but they're not sending their best. Yeah, I don't think they have any best, to be honest. But the point they're making, what she doesn't realize she's making because she's not smart enough.

But what she wanted to say, but she couldn't say in a way which sounded negative, is financial freedom is required to a degree to resist. The reason I'm also disliked is because I'm financially successful. If I was broke, they wouldn't care why I say what I say. But I inspire young men, all of my fans, to become wealthy. And you'd think, that'd be fantastic for the society, right?

He has millions of young men. He's teaching them to work hard. He's teaching them different ways money can be made. He's teaching them to be fantastic salesmen. He's helping the society.

No, because if you have a whole bunch of money, then you can sit and say, no, I don't need your wage. That's bullshit. There was a video very recently of a guy in England taking down all the English flags and putting up pride flags, and a guy screams to him and goes, bro, you're taking down the wrong flag. And he replied, I know, mate. And the point is, what can I do?

I'm a flag, flag guy. If I say no, someone else will do it. Kids got to eat. So by keeping your money enslaved, they can keep you enslaved. You got to eat.

They don't want men to be financially free. If you're financially free, if you have enough money in the bank, you can one day go, you know what? I don't want your money. Even me, now, to this day, I've done enough and I'm successful enough that it's very hard for them to buy me. They come along, Well, I would never sell my soul anyway, because it's not who I am as a person.

But if I was destitute, they could come along and say, andrew, you have all this influence. We're going to change your message. You're going to you this. We're going to give you 10 million, okay? You can't buy me.

Can't buy Trump. He's rich already. He's rich and he's 80, 70 something. You think he needs more money? Doesn't care about money.

They don't like that. So being financially free in and of itself is now an act against the government. Because this whole idea that they want everyone to be rich and it's fantastic for the society. I'd actually argue against that. They don't want that.

They want everyone destitute, because when you're destitute, you need the government to feed you. And it's very hard to fight against the government who's feeding you. It's very hard to resist the people who give out the bread. Yeah, I think that's called something. It begins with C.

What's it called? Interesting. I also heard another interesting theory from a very intelligent person one day. And it was that every government on Earth, all of them and all of their different forms china, which says it's Communist and is capitalist and all the different in betweens to the capitalist west. Every government on earth is slowly encroaching on trying to become as controlling, as powerful as possible.

They all want to be as controlling as possible over their citizens. Communism is the end result of the most control a government can have, effectively, or some version of communism, but every single government on Earth is slowly trying to get there bit by bit. And the only thing that resists them getting there is the populace. And how much the populace will accept. And depending on how malleable the populace is depends on how quickly they get there.

But every government wakes up, it's kind of like AI you've ever heard, the robot is going to destroy us all. Because they wake up and go, we don't need the humans anymore. Their end goal is just survival. If a government is the same as an entity, its end goal is more and more control. And that's all they're trying to do every single day, with every law they pass, with the climate change law.

They don't care about the environment. They want more control, of course. And the more and more control they get, the final end result, if you give them what they want, is absolute slavery for everybody. So you have to be very careful, because that is their ideal government. The ideal government is where everyone complies, everyone obeys, everyone's controlled.

We know everything about everybody, and it's slavery. That's the only way to get that state. So even making money, making enough money to have an opinion, is an act of rebellion. It's crazy. Thank you very much, my friend.

Amazing. Thank you. Thank you. Young pair of people say the news is full of lies on Kennedy's Motorcade 239. Jeffrey Epstein.

It.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

The Case Against Reality | Prof. Donald Hoffman on Conscious Agent Theory – 11-09-2019

The Case Against Reality | Prof. Donald Hoffman on Conscious Agent Theory - 11-09-2019

The Case Against Reality | Prof. Donald Hoffman on Conscious Agent Theory - 11-09-2019

Summary:

This text is a conversation between the host, Zubin, and his guest, Dr. Donald Hoffman, a professor of cognitive sciences at the University of California, Irvine. Dr. Hoffman discusses his work and the fascinating theory he has proposed about our perception of reality. According to Hoffman, we do not perceive the world as it actually is, rather our perceptions are more like a graphical user interface, designed to help us survive and reproduce rather than show us the truth of our world.

Dr. Hoffman’s interest in perception and artificial intelligence started during his teenage years, influenced by his programming knowledge and his father, a fundamentalist minister. He studied computer science, mathematics, psychology, and artificial intelligence, looking to answer the question of whether humans are mere machines or if there's more to us than just being biological computers.

In 1986, Hoffman and his colleagues developed a mathematical model that suggested that what we perceive may not be the truth, a revelation that shocked him and set him on a 33-year exploration of this theory. He argues that our perceptions are not even close to reality, but are merely constructs of our minds designed to aid our survival, not to show us the actual underlying reality.

The conversation also highlights Hoffman’s book "The Case Against Reality" where he builds a case against the notion that our perceptions accurately represent reality. The book examines everything from split-brain experiments to the behavior of insects and principles of quantum mechanics and general relativity to propose the idea that everything we see is not what's actually happening.

Hoffman also discusses his attempt to convince scientific colleagues of his theory by employing evolution by natural selection. He posits that evolution does not favor organisms that see reality as it is. He likens the process to a video game where organisms gather fitness payoffs or game points (like food and mates) for survival, implying that our senses are essentially tuned to this game of survival rather than to perceive the reality.

The speaker, along with their graduate students, conducted a study on the connection between the perception of reality and fitness payoffs. The research concluded that fitness payoffs, which inform organisms about potential risks or benefits, do not carry information about the objective reality. Instead, they are survival cues, indicating what actions are beneficial or detrimental to survival.

In their study, they conducted hundreds of thousands of simulations where organisms perceiving the truth always went extinct in competition with organisms that saw none of the truth and were only tuned to fitness payoffs. This led them to propose a theorem stating that organisms that perceive reality as it is cannot outcompete organisms of equal complexity that ignore reality and are solely tuned to fitness payoffs. This theorem was later proven by a mathematician, Chaitan Prakash.

This indicates that an organism wasting any perceptual time and energy on the truth is at a disadvantage. The key to survival and winning the game, akin to a video game player focused on collecting points and reaching the next level, is to focus only on the fitness payoffs.

The speaker likens this to the difference between perceiving objects in a video game as real (like cars or a steering wheel) versus acknowledging that what's really there are pixels and circuits - an underlying structure of the game that players don't need to understand to succeed in the game.

In this context, the speaker argues that the physical world we see around us, including space and time, are constructs we create in our mind. However, they clarify that this is not solipsism, as other consciousnesses exist in this world - we perceive others and are perceived by them.

The text discusses the concept of how humans perceive reality and consciousness, comparing it to a visualization tool or user interface like a video game. The author suggests that we do not perceive the complete truth of reality, but only simplified versions of it, based on our survival needs. This is based on evolutionary game theory, which states that evolution has not shaped us to see all the truth but only parts of reality that are necessary for survival.

The author argues that what we see is not the truth or even parts of it, but an entirely user interface, which allows us to control reality while being completely ignorant of its true nature. This interface is seen as a useful tool rather than a drawback as it simplifies complex realities, enabling effective interaction and control.

The idea extends to consciousness, stating that all perceived entities, like animals, objects, or even people, are icons representing real conscious beings. However, the understanding and interaction with these icons are limited to our survival and not a comprehensive understanding of their conscious experiences.

The author then links this concept to the 'hard problem of consciousness', a recognized issue in science, where there is no explanation of how physical brain activity gives rise to subjective conscious experiences. Scientists have identified correlations between brain activity and conscious experiences, but no theory has successfully explained how the former causes the latter.

The text implies that our understanding and interaction with the world are comparable to a computer desktop interface, where the complex processes behind the icons are hidden for ease of use. This perspective challenges the conventional view of reality and consciousness, suggesting that our perception might be a simplified, species-specific user interface rather than an accurate reflection of truth.

This text discusses the ongoing philosophical and scientific debate about the nature of consciousness and its relationship to the physical world. The majority of scientists working on the "hard problem" of consciousness assume a physicalist interpretation, suggesting that consciousness emerges from physical phenomena like neurons firing. However, this approach has not yet yielded a comprehensive scientific explanation for any specific conscious experience.

The author questions this physicalist framework and points out that while it has contributed significantly to science and technology for centuries, it may not be adequate to explain consciousness. He argues that consciousness might not be something that can be "booted up" from unconscious ingredients, such as atoms and neurons.

Alternative philosophical ideas, like panpsychism and dualism, are also mentioned. Panpsychism suggests that every object, even inanimate ones, possesses a certain degree of consciousness. However, the author points out that while interesting, panpsychism remains mostly a philosophical position, with no one having yet turned it into a precise scientific theory. Additionally, most scientists prefer simpler, monistic theories (those that assume only one kind of substance or principle), as guided by Occam's Razor.

In the end, the author suggests considering consciousness as a fundamental entity on its own, separate from physical matter, as a potential way forward in exploring and understanding the enigma of consciousness.

This text discusses the ongoing philosophical and scientific debate about the nature of consciousness and its relationship to the physical world. The majority of scientists working on the "hard problem" of consciousness assume a physicalist interpretation, suggesting that consciousness emerges from physical phenomena like neurons firing. However, this approach has not yet yielded a comprehensive scientific explanation for any specific conscious experience.

The author questions this physicalist framework and points out that while it has contributed significantly to science and technology for centuries, it may not be adequate to explain consciousness. He argues that consciousness might not be something that can be "booted up" from unconscious ingredients, such as atoms and neurons.

Alternative philosophical ideas, like panpsychism and dualism, are also mentioned. Panpsychism suggests that every object, even inanimate ones, possesses a certain degree of consciousness. However, the author points out that while interesting, panpsychism remains mostly a philosophical position, with no one having yet turned it into a precise scientific theory. Additionally, most scientists prefer simpler, monistic theories (those that assume only one kind of substance or principle), as guided by Occam's Razor.

In the end, the author suggests considering consciousness as a fundamental entity on its own, separate from physical matter, as a potential way forward in exploring and understanding the enigma of consciousness.

This text discusses a theoretical perspective of consciousness, arguing that consciousness is fundamental to reality, not just a byproduct of physical matter. It proposes the concept that physical matter, including our perception of space and time, is a simplified interface through which we, as conscious agents, experience and interact with other conscious agents. Our interpretation of reality, through this interface, is influenced by our sensory experiences such as touch, color, luminance, etc.

This approach helps to explain phenomena such as quantum mechanics and general relativity, which seem strange or conflicting when viewed from a strictly physicalist perspective. In this context, the inexplicable aspects of quantum mechanics, like entangled particles interacting faster than light speed, aren't necessarily contradictions, but indications of our limited perception through the interface of physical reality.

In this framework, reality is essentially a vast social network of conscious agents interacting and sharing experiences. However, the richness and complexity of these interactions are so great that we need visualization tools, like our physical world, to comprehend them. This is similar to how we use data visualization tools to grasp the gist of vast amounts of social media data.

The text proposes that our perception of three-dimensional space is a form of data compression and error correction. The holographic principle suggests that we only need a two-dimensional space with bits of information to encode a three-dimensional experience. In this context, those bits of information could be experiences or consciousness outside of space and time.

The text continues to argue that this network of consciousness evolves over time, with conscious agents combining to create higher-level conscious agents. This is compared to a video game in 3D spacetime, which provides a useful way for humans to interact and share experiences.

The text also clarifies that the theory does not claim that inanimate objects like rocks are conscious. Rather, when we perceive an object like a rock, we are interacting with conscious agents, but our interface is limited and doesn't provide a clear insight into the consciousness of those agents. This perspective seeks to explain that our perception of the world is not an accurate reflection of reality, but rather an interface that simplifies the complexity of interactions between conscious agents.

This text is an exploration of the idea that our human perception of physical objects and space-time as reality might be more of an interface or representation, rather than the true nature of objective reality itself.

The author discusses how our perceptions are geared towards survival and object permanence, a concept that we naturally start believing from a very early age, that objects continue to exist even when they are out of our perception. This concept is so deeply ingrained in our cognition that challenging it is difficult.

The author then argues that the actual objective reality consists of a vast social network of conscious agents interacting with each other and exchanging experiences. Physical objects, space, and time, according to the author, are part of our "virtual reality". He likens our experience to wearing a virtual reality headset where we render objects like chairs or tables as a way to interact with these conscious agents.

The text further delves into quantum mechanics, stating that the oddities of quantum behavior make more sense within the conscious agent theory than in a purely physicalist one. The concept of local realism (the idea that objects have definite values of properties, and their effects propagate no faster than light) has been experimentally disproven. The author concludes that a number of physicists are now contemplating that the notion of space-time as objective reality might need to be abandoned as we try to unite quantum physics and general relativity into a comprehensive theory.

In summary, the author presents a perspective where the world we perceive as real and objective might actually be a kind of interface to interact with other conscious entities, challenging the standard understanding of physical reality.

The text discusses a perspective on physics and consciousness that suggests spacetime, as we understand it, might not be the fundamental basis of the universe but an emergent property from something deeper. The author speaks about the "amplituhedron," a complex geometric figure that simplifies calculations of particle interactions, implying that spacetime's complexities may arise from a simpler, deeper geometry that we have yet to fully comprehend.

The text also argues that while we should respect and build upon previous scientific achievements like general relativity and quantum field theory, it's time to look beyond spacetime for answers to unanswered questions. Any new theory, however, must align with our existing understanding when projected into spacetime.

The author then introduces a model of "conscious agents," which aims to explore the dynamics of consciousness. He suggests that if the understanding of these dynamics proves too challenging, reverse engineering our knowledge of spacetime could provide some answers.

The text goes on to discuss the limitations of our physicalist understanding, specifically in fields like medicine where understanding consciousness is crucial. It argues that the physicalist approach to understanding reality is like an "interface," which, while effective, only shows part of the picture.

By exploring the underlying "code" or conscious agents, it is proposed that we could gain a deeper understanding of reality beyond the physical, which could potentially allow for significant advancements in fields like medicine and technology. This new approach involves treating each conscious entity as a part of a nested hierarchy, each with their own experiences and actions. The implications of this model could be significant, offering new ways to understand and influence the very fabric of reality.

The text discusses the concept of conscious agents and how our understanding of them could lead to significant advancements in science and technology. The author proposes that conscious agents, entities with varying levels of consciousness, could exist from simple one bit agents to infinitely complex ones. The existence of an all-inclusive, infinite conscious agent is also theorized, leading to a possible mathematical definition of 'God'.

The author sees this as an opportunity for a new, scientifically precise spirituality where concepts traditionally seen as spiritual could be approached with scientific rigor. The objective is to scrutinize ideas and distinguish between genuine insights and erroneous beliefs. He emphasizes that this shouldn't be an exercise in dogma but a tentative pursuit of understanding reality.

Furthermore, the author believes this could help bridge the perceived gap between science and spirituality, and advance human understanding of consciousness and our place in the world. The author encourages passion in the pursuit of this knowledge but warns against falling prey to rigid beliefs.

The text also explores the implications of this theory, particularly the potential to 'hack' into the 'source code' of reality and fundamentally change technology. It is suggested that our perception of reality is based on an interface and that our current understanding might be a 'rookie mistake'. Various experiments, including split-brain ones, are mentioned as examples that could support this theory.

The text discusses a range of topics, mainly revolving around consciousness, death, and artificial intelligence.

Consciousness and Death: The speaker uses a metaphor of virtual reality to illustrate a concept of death, suggesting that when we die, it's like stepping out of an interface, not an end to consciousness. He proposes that the death of the physical body, or avatar, doesn't necessarily mean the end of consciousness, which may persist after physical death according to the theory of conscious agents. This concept raises questions about the persistence of identity, memories, personality, etc., after death.

Nested Conscious Agents: The speaker proposes that we may be a collection of nested conscious agents, where higher or lower agents exert influence on us, and death might be stepping back or moving up through these agent levels.

Mathematics of Conscious Agents: The speaker introduces the concept of 'network information theory' and 'graph theory' as new mathematical branches, which can potentially help understand the interaction of conscious agents and answer profound questions such as what happens when we die. The speaker and his team plan to explore these mathematical concepts further.

Artificial Intelligence: The discussion also involves artificial intelligence, exploring whether AI can have genuine experiences, i.e., feel emotions or enjoy tastes. The speaker argues against the common perspective that complex software and circuits might gain consciousness, proposing instead that once we understand the dynamics of conscious agents and their relationship to our spacetime interface, we might be able to 'hack' it. This 'hack' would potentially create new portals into the realm of conscious agents, which might redefine our understanding and usage of technology.

The text explores the idea of consciousness and its relationship with technology and reality. The speaker believes that we can potentially open "portals" to conscious agents (or individual consciousnesses) using technology and our understanding of our "interface" to consciousness. This process doesn't create new consciousnesses, but rather accesses pre-existing ones.

However, there's also a suggestion that we may be able to create new consciousnesses. Examples of this, according to the speaker, can be observed in sexual and asexual reproduction where it appears new conscious agents are created. Currently, our understanding and ability to do this is primitive, but with future advancements in our understanding of the nature of consciousness and reproduction, we could possibly create new consciousnesses.

The speaker views consciousness as an infinite realm, a fundamental reality which is intrinsic to all existence. They argue this point based on Gödel's incompleteness theorem. Gödel's theorem implies that there are truths that cannot be proven within a given system of axioms. Translating this to the realm of consciousness, the speaker believes that there are infinite aspects and structures of consciousness that we may never fully grasp, implying a never-ending exploration and proliferation of consciousness.

The speaker also regards mathematics as the "structural bones of consciousness," suggesting an intimate relationship between these two domains. In conclusion, the speaker posits a vision of consciousness as an endlessly expanding, complex landscape ripe for exploration and manipulation.

The text delves into the exploration of life, consciousness, and evolution from a mathematical and philosophical perspective. The speaker posits that life is about growth, evolution, enjoyment, and experience, with love playing a significant role due to our interconnectedness. This connection and interaction among conscious beings, they suggest, lead to the creation of new conscious agents, contributing to ongoing evolution and complexity.

The speaker emphasizes the importance of maintaining open-mindedness in scientific exploration. They discourage dogmatism or steadfast adherence to established beliefs because it hampers progress and limits exploration. The speaker encourages the constant questioning of our beliefs, arguing that science's role is to help us understand why and how we might be wrong.

They also delve into evolutionary psychology, proposing that logic and reasoning evolved as social tools for persuasion rather than tools for finding absolute truths. They point out that we tend to use our best reasoning skills when in a social debate setting, providing evidence that these skills evolved for social survival rather than truth-finding.

The speaker connects this idea to conscious agent theory, suggesting that our minds are a constant dynamic between unconscious processes and conscious ones. Each conscious agent perceives, decides, and acts based on its understanding of the world, but they can influence and be influenced by other conscious agents.

This interplay between consciousness and unconscious processes, the speaker suggests, may be observed in social situations like football games or conferences where a collective, shared understanding can emerge. The speaker concludes that understanding this dynamic is crucial to comprehending how our minds work and how we perceive and interact with the world around us.

This passage discusses various aspects of consciousness, evolutionary psychology, resource limitations, and the nature of reality. The speaker suggests that the team utilizes evolutionary psychology, which they argue is a powerful tool, as they explore ideas together. They propose the theory that our perception of limited resources could be an "artifact" of our human interface, rather than an accurate insight into the nature of reality.

The speaker goes on to discuss the implications of this theory for our understanding of evolution, suggesting that if we perceive resources as limited, this can lead to competition for resources and subsequently, evolution by natural selection. They argue for a more profound framework that interprets evolutionary psychology as a projection of deeper consciousness dynamics.

The discussion then shifts to the medical field, where the speaker criticizes the increasing reliance on algorithms and computers, arguing that this approach is losing the human touch necessary for effective care.

The dialogue then returns to the topic of resource limitations, suggesting that if resources were unlimited, strategy, effort, and frugality would become unnecessary. They wonder why, if the universe is indeed a conscious entity, resources appear to be finite.

Lastly, the speaker discusses the idea that having a wide range of conscious experiences can be energetically costly, causing us to "dumb things down." The speaker also mentions that they, along with a team of researchers, are working on a theory about these topics but acknowledges that they don't yet know whether the notion of resource limitation applies at a deeper level of consciousness.

The speaker is discussing a theory that suggests consciousness can be manipulated or expanded through various experiences and substances. He mentions how the use of psychedelics, such as LSD or psilocybin, might enable us to open up our perceptual interfaces, allowing us to experience realities that are otherwise inaccessible to us. This theory suggests these substances, even though they're crude technologies, could enable us to interact with a vast array of conscious experiences beyond our normal sensory experiences.

The speaker compares the early use of psychedelics to humans discovering fire. Just as we developed fire into advanced technology, like rockets, we may similarly progress from these basic psychedelic experiences to more refined and profound explorations of consciousness.

The speaker also acknowledges that spiritual practices, like meditation, can potentially provide access to these altered states of consciousness without the use of substances. He draws parallels between the effects of substances, such as marijuana, on our consciousness and how they might just be 'tweaking' our interface of reality.

Towards the end, the speaker raises intriguing questions about the role of genetics in consciousness. He wonders about the potential connection between DNA and conscious agents, and why offspring often bear such a resemblance to their parents, not just physically but also in terms of personality. These questions are part of the broader exploration of how our perceptual interfaces are created and passed on.

In essence, the speaker suggests a future where we might develop technologies for systematically exploring and possibly modifying our interfaces of consciousness.

In this text, the conversation centers on the concept of interface theory, a perspective positing that our perception of reality is just an interface or construct. The speakers discuss the idea of psychedelics as a crude technology that can potentially open up our interface to perceive different forms of consciousness. They use the example of synesthetes, people who have sensory crossovers (such as "seeing" tastes), as evidence that our interface is mutable and can present reality in different ways. The text explores the role of DNA and genetics as interface symbols that create conscious agents very similar to us, suggesting an evolutionary exploration of the "consciousness search space". The potential for further research into this theory is highlighted, with the text proposing that there are centuries of work ahead in this framework.

#Zubin #DrDonaldHoffman #CognitiveSciences #UniversityOfCalifornia #PerceptionOfReality #GraphicalUserInterface #ArtificialIntelligence #Programming #ComputerScience #Mathematics #Psychology #TheCaseAgainstReality #SplitBrainExperiments #QuantumMechanics #GeneralRelativity #EvolutionByNaturalSelection #FitnessPayoffs #Survival #PerceptionAndFitnessPayoffs #ChaitanPrakash #VideoGameMetaphor #Consciousness #HardProblemOfConsciousness #SpeciesSpecificUserInterface #PhilosophicalDebate #PhysicalistInterpretation #Panpsychism #Dualism #FundamentalEntity #PerceptionOfSpaceAndTime #SensoryExperiences #QuantumMechanics #GeneralRelativity #SocialNetworkOfConsciousAgents #DataVisualizationTools

Episode: The Case Against Reality | Prof. Donald Hoffman on Conscious Agent Theory - 11-09-2019

What's up, everybody? It's Dr. Zubin Dumanya, aka ZDOG MD. And I am just an icon. Okay?

And that will be explained at the by watching this episode. I'm here with professor of cognitive sciences at the University of California, Irvine, and a personal intellectual hero of mine, no bias here, Dr. Donald Hoffman. Professor, welcome to the show. Thank you so much.

Zubin it was pleasure to be here. And thanks for inviting me. Man, it's really crazy to have you in my garage because I've seen your Ted Talk, I've been to workshops with yours. I've read your book the Case Against Reality why? Evolution hid the Truth from our eyes.

And I have to be honest with you. To the extent that a scientist can be a fanboy of another scientist, I am a fanboy because what you've kind of proposed and again, we may be wrong here, but it's the one thing that's actually felt right to me about the nature of reality that we don't see it as it actually is. In other words, we don't see truth. We see a graphical user interface that is a series of icons that are tuned to keep us alive and reproducing, but not tuned to show us the truth. And the underlying truth that is there may be much more interesting than we think.

So, yes, let's start with that. How did you even get interested in studying this? Well, I was interested in perception and artificial intelligence. And the question, are we machines? Are people just machines, or is there something more to us than just machines?

As a teenager, I was very interested in these questions. I was programming, so I knew what programs could do a bit. But my dad was a fundamentalist minister, so there were all these other aspects of spirituality or religion that were interesting about human nature, and I was trying to put all this stuff together. So on the one side, with programming and the new kinds of capacities of artificial intelligence, it was looking like we might be machines. On the other hand, there's supposed to be something about us that's beyond the machine.

And so I was very, very curious. And so I started I went to UCLA and did an undergraduate degree in which I was studying computer science, mathematics with a major in psychology. And then I went to MIT, where I went to the artificial intelligence laboratory. And what's now? The brain and cognitive science department.

And so I was able to then study both the brain and cognitive sciences aspect of human nature and the artificial intelligence kinds of models of intelligence, trying to put together a picture of who we are. What is human nature? What are we? Are we just machines? Are we just biological machines?

Are we just computers? Or is there something beyond the spacetime physical machine? And I wasn't sure, but I kept pursuing the mathematical models. And in 1986, my collaborators and I actually had a mathematical model and studying it, talking with my collaborators, I realized that the mathematics was saying to me, what you are seeing may not be the truth. And I still remember the moment when I realized what the math was saying.

I wasn't trying to get there with the math. I was just trying to get a general theory of perception mathematically. And when I realized the math was saying, you don't necessarily see the truth, I had to sit down. It was such a shock to the system. And so that was 1986.

That was 33 years ago. I've been now following that thread for 33 years and seeing where it takes me, and it's pretty interesting. So basically, that math was like a red pill back then. I took the red pill, or at least it was put in my mouth. I don't know if I swallowed it completely, but I was concerned enough that I wanted to look into it.

Do you ever feel like you wish you were back, you had never taken it, and you were just like everybody else? Oh, no. The blue pill is boring. And so I don't want to be there. I want to actually whatever reality might be.

If it's uncomfortable, I'm ready to go and find out what it's like. That brings me to how I first got introduced to you. So Tony Shea, who I used to work with at Zappos, I think had sent me he's the CEO of Zappos. He had sent me a Ted Talk. And he's like, Zubin, you're interested in consciousness?

You should check this out.

I looked at it. It was your Ted Talk where you were saying it was about not seeing the truth. And I watched it, and I said, oh, here's a scientist. So this is interesting visual perception and how we don't really see things as they are. They're constructions of our mind.

And not only that, but they're not even close to reality. They are purely iconic to help us survive. And we're not seeing the underlying reality on. You present this really interesting case. And I remember having this moment, it was a red pill moment where right towards the end, I was like I was just riveted.

And at the end, I said, oh, my gosh. So what is reality? And you just said, I have a couple of theories of what the world actually is, but we'll get to that another time, or something like that. And I thought, no. So then I went down the Don Hoffman rabbit hole and watched a lot of your lectures on what the theory is.

So maybe we should back up and go. You study visual perception. Why is it that you're saying, and in this book, the Case Against Reality, you actually do this, you build a case chapter by chapter by chapter, starting with things like split brain experiments. Like, how is it that you can cleave conscious experience in two all the way up to how insects can go extinct by trying to have sex with a beer bottle? Because it fools their system into thinking that's a female and all the way into quantum mechanics, general relativity, up to okay.

Everything we see is not what's actually happening. Take us on this ride a little bit, the way you describe it, right? And also the reason why I take this ride. I actually published a book in 1998 called Visual Intelligence in which I actually put out the idea that this is all just a user interface in 88, 98, 98. And in that book, the first nine chapters are sort of standard modern cognitive sciences approaches to visual perception.

But in the last chapter, I go after this idea that we're seeing just an interface, not the truth. And my colleagues use the book as a textbook in various universities and so forth. They like the book, except that last chapter, they go, hoffman goes off the rails on the last chapter. And I realized that there was only one way I was going to convince my scientific colleagues to at least take the idea seriously, maybe not convinced that I'm right, but take the idea seriously, and that was to use evolution by natural selection. If I could show that evolution by natural selection does not favor organisms that see reality as it is, then I would get their attention.

And I thought immediately that maybe it would be because the truth is too complicated, it would take too much time and energy, right? And it turns out that that's correct, but it's not the real deep, interesting reason. So as I explored evolution by natural selection, I realized there was a deeper reason that I'd never understood before. And the reason is this that fitness payoffs, which are like evolution, is like a video game. In a video game, you have to go running around in the screen as quickly as you can, grabbing points to try to get enough points to get to the next level.

If you do, you get to the next level. If you don't, you die. In evolution, you're grabbing what they call fitness payoffs, but they're like the game points and grabbing fitness payoffs to food, the right mates, and so forth. But if you get enough, you don't yourself go to the next level. It's your genes that go to the next level and your offspring.

And what I realized as I started studying this with my graduate students, justin Mark and Brian Marion, we discovered that what's really going on is that the fitness payoffs themselves, which is what we're going to be tracking. That's what our senses are going to be telling us about. It turns out that the fitness payoffs themselves in general do not carry information about objective reality. They just tell you, you're about to die. You're about to get something that you're good, you're bad.

Don't eat this, eat that, have sex with this, don't have sex with that that's all they're telling you. They're not telling you about the truth. And I can say that more mathematically, they're not homomorphisms of reality. So for mathematicians, generically fitness payoff functions are not homomorphisms of structures and objective reality, but intuitively, it's just that fitness payoffs aren't about the truth, they're about what you need to do to stay alive. And that secured it for me.

That was a surprise to me that I learned in around 2008, 2009 that evolution was even further against seeing the truth than I'd ever imagined. And so I published a paper in 2010 in the Journal of Theoretical Biology with my two graduate students where we announced the results of the simulations. We did hundreds of thousands of simulations, and we found that organisms that saw the truth in the simulations went extinct when they competed against organisms that saw none of the truth and were just tuned to fitness. This is equal complexity organisms. And so I proposed then that it was a theorem that organisms that see reality as it is are never more fit than organisms of equal complexity that see of none of reality and are just tuned to fitness payoffs.

And I went to a mathematician, Chaitan Prakash, a longtime friend, who was actually there in 1986 when we were working on that mathematics. And I proposed this theorem to him, and he's a genius mathematician and he was able to prove it. So we actually have a theorem, and then we've done further mathematics where we actually show yeah, in general, fitness payoffs destroy information about the structure of the world. So it's a theorem organisms that see reality as it is cannot outcompete organisms of equal complexity that see none of reality and are just tuned to fitness payoffs. Okay, so let me reiterate this because it's important.

And by the way, for people who want to get a more broad overview of all this, listen to the first show I did with Don, which was an audio only podcast where we went through this whole arc of this. So we're going to go deeper in this episode. So this is for people who care deeply about the nature of reality, how we perceive it, consciousness and things like that from a scientific standpoint. So what you're saying is that if an organism sees the world as it is, it will go extinct relative to an organism that only sees the world in a dumbed down way that hides most of what's actually going on, but only shows the organism what it needs, the bare minimum it needs to survive and to reproduce? Absolutely.

So if you waste any of your perceptual time and energy on the truth, you are wasting your time and energy, it's not going to help you to stay alive. And you will not be able to outcompete organisms that spend none of their perceptual time and energy on the truth and only spend it on looking for the payoff points that help you win the game. So it's like in a video game, if some guy is playing a video game and he's just sort of looking around, enjoying everything and trying to figure out how it works and so forth, looking at the pixels and so forth. He's going to lose to some other woman who is focused on the fitness, on the points, on the game, on the game points and trying to get them and getting to the next level. So if you're doddling around with anything but the payoffs, you lose, right?

And that makes perfect sense because it's the same thing. Trying to understand then a video game. If you're looking at Grand Theft Auto, you're going, okay, so what I'm seeing here is a car and a bad guy and this and that. Is that really what's there? And some people would say, yeah, no, that's there because they're diluted.

But then scientists would say, no, that's not what's there. Don't be stupid. What's there? Take out a magnifying glass and look at the screen. There are pixels there.

So what's really there are pixels. And then if you go back even deeper, it's the little tinier pixels, right? And then if you go behind the screen, you'll see it's circuits and software that are hidden behind the whole screen itself. And in that analogy, is that the true nature of reality there is that base reality. Well, that shows the difference between what we're perceiving and whatever objective reality might be, right?

So it's a good metaphor to help break us from the idea that of course we're seeing the truth. When we see an apple on the table or we see the moon, it's just natural to think, oh, of course I'm seeing the truth. My friends see it, and they can see it when my eyes are closed. So of course I'm seeing the truth. And I'm saying, no, this is all just a headset, a virtual reality headset that we've got on.

And I look at the moon, I render it just like in virtual reality. I look over in Grand Theft Auto with a virtual reality add on. I look at my steering wheel, and so I'm rendering a steering wheel. But now I look over there, I'm no longer rendering a steering. There is no steering wheel because I'm not creating a steering wheel.

There is still in that metaphor the circuits and software and all the program of Grand Theft Auto that I'm not seeing at all. I'm just seeing the stuff that I render as I look around. I see cars and steering wheels and so forth. And not only that, but if you saw the circuits, if you saw the base reality objective, the thing in and of itself, you would not be able to play or survive in the game, right? The guy that just sees the steering wheel and the gas pedal and so forth will beat me if I'm in there trying to toggle voltages in the computer to try to win the game.

Good luck. I won't be able to do it quickly enough. Now, it's important to understand this. There's a few things you said here that will make people go, wait. It made Einstein go.

Wait. So you're saying the moon doesn't exist when I don't look? That's exactly right. That space and time themselves do not exist independent of us. So most of us think that spacetime is fundamental reality and all the objects inside spacetime are on the stage, this preexisting stage of spacetime.

I'm saying that whole idea is wrong, that spacetime is something that you create in this moment. You're the author of spacetime. You're not a bit player that shown up 14 billion years later after this stage was set. So we are the authors of space and time and all the objects that we see. We're not bit players in spacetime.

Space and time are constructs of our interface. Absolutely. So this is where it becomes very solipsistic if you're not careful. So solipsism meaning that, no, I am the only thing that exists and I create the world and everybody else is a figment of my imagination and so on. How is this different than that?

Yes, I'm not a solipsist. So a solipsist would say that, as you said that, yeah, we're creating all this and there's nothing but me and my creation. And I'm saying that there are other consciousnesses out there. I'm talking with you. I believe that you're not just a figment of my imagination.

Why, thank you. Means a lot to me. That's right. And I'm not a figment of your imagination. And that puts certain responsibilities on me.

Even though what I perceive as just an icon of zoopin, I need to be very careful how I treat that icon, because in interacting with that icon, I could literally cause pain to the consciousness of zoopin, and you could cause pain to me. So our interface gives us a genuine portal to other consciousnesses, all human consciousnesses. My cats are my icons, but I believe that my cat icons are portals to real conscious creatures that, again, I don't want to hurt. And a mouse, ants and so forth. The interface, I claim, is all to other consciousnesses, but the interface is like a visualization tool.

And of course, a visualization tool is there to sort of hide the complexity and dumb things down and so forth, because we'd be overwhelmed by all the consciousnesses out there. And so that's what spacetime is. It's a visualization tool. Okay, so there's a lot there. But one thing I want to ask, because I know this comes up a lot well, why don and again, for people who really want to go deep on this, read the book, why don is it that why can't you just say, yeah, okay, we're not seeing the truth?

Maybe we're just seeing part of the truth. Maybe we're seeing a dumbed down version of what's actually there. Maybe there is a dawn in space and time, but we're only seeing enough of it that we need to see to survive. We don't see infrared. We don't see microwaves.

We don't see X rays. I can't see at the microscopic quark level, but this stuff exists. We're just seeing some of it. And wouldn't that help us survive? And that's what most of my colleagues would say.

They would say, of course, evolution didn't shape us to see all of the truth. It only shaped us to see those parts of objective reality that we need to stay alive. And so that's the standard view. And what I'm saying is that if you look at the mathematics of evolution very, very carefully, it's called evolutionary game theory. We don't have to wave our hands about this.

So to my scientific colleagues who are thinking intuitively about evolution, of course they know evolutionary game theory is a precise mathematical model. And when you look at that mathematics, it says very, very clearly that it's not the case that we're seeing just those parts of the truth that we need. We're seeing none of the truth. Almost surely we're seeing entirely a user interface and the whole point of a user interface, like, for example, again, Grand Theft Auto, right. The whole point.

There's nothing in what you see in Grand Theft Auto that in any way resembles the circuits and software and voltages that in that metaphor is the reality. There's just no resemblance whatsoever. And that's not a problem. That's, in fact, an advantage. It allows you to control the reality even though you're completely ignorant about its true nature.

And that's what evolution has done for us. I'm saying we're not seeing just little bits of the truth that we need. We're seeing none of the truth. And that's what allows us to control the truth effectively, because we don't know anything about the truth. It would be too complicated.

And it's just not what we we need simple eye candy that lets us do what we need to do. So the truth is very complicated in order to survive and utilize what actually exists in reality. Because you're saying stuff exists. Sure. Stuff.

Meaning let's put that in quotes. There is a world. Right? It's not a figment of our imagination. It is a construction.

In other words, it's like a desktop on a computer. That's a good analogy you use. You see a trash icon. You can do things to that trash icon. You can throw away stuff that you want to throw away.

You can accidentally delete something and effectively die because the stuff is gone. So you don't take the trash icon literally. You don't say, oh, there's actually a trash icon there, but you take it seriously. Absolutely. But behind that trash icon are zeros and ones and voltage gates and quantum engineering, this microscopic level that you don't see.

And if you saw, you wouldn't be able to compose an email. Absolutely. And we pay good money for these interfaces to hide the truth. There are all these engineers at these high tech companies that are spending untold hours, thousands upon thousands of hours, to simplify and give us this user interface so that we don't have to deal with all the diodes and resistors and voltages. That's right.

And then there's organizations like Epic Systems that makes a big electronic health record that spend hours and hours and hours making it more complicated, more difficult to use. So that being said, okay, so let's say we're not seeing the truth at all. We're seeing a fitness function. We're seeing a user interface that we generate in a species specific way. So in other words, a cat that we see as an icon of this furry thing.

We cannot really get into its conscious experience because the icon we see is kind of just enough of the cat for us to survive. We know we can't really eat it usually. We can pet it. It has claws that could hurt us, but it's also very affectionate, which is a fitness payoff for stress reduction. So we see all those things, but we can't dig into its mind to go, oh, what's its experience of the taste of cat food or of being brushed or whatever?

But we can kind of guess because we can see when it's unhappy or upset or angry. But when you get to the level of this bottle of water yes. Now you're telling me right now that this is an icon. I see it as wet. If I drink it, I'm probably going to do okay if I'm thirsty, et cetera.

But this is where I think now, so you've talked about what the world isn't the world isn't exactly what we see. Right. That's a fitness payoff set of icons. Okay. So interface theory of perception is what you talk about in the book, the theory that you have that, no, we're not seeing things as they are.

And that dates back to your experience early on with the math of that. But then there's a parallel thing that you talk about in the book, which is and they're related, they come together, but it's this. How is it that we are aware of anything? How is it that a mass of goo in our brain, these neurons, gives us the taste of chocolate or the smell of an orange or the feeling of love? And no one has ever been able to explain that in any meaningful way.

And so how does that relate to this whole thing? Because one thing that people would say, Don, is like, well, we're just living in the Matrix, then it's someone's simulation. It makes perfect sense. Of course we're seeing icons as a simulation, but the base reality is there somewhere, right? So that's called the hard problem of consciousness, and it's widely acknowledged as one of the big open problems in science today, we have all these correlations between brain activity and conscious experiences.

Like, if I take a magnet and use it to inhibit area V four in the right hemisphere of your brain visual area V four you will lose all conscious experience of color in your left visual field. So color just drains it just drains away everything. You see the objects, but it's like a black and white television image. And then I turn off the magnet and the color comes back. And we have dozens of these so called neural correlates of consciousness.

So we know that brain activity and conscious experiences are correlated. But scientists, my colleagues and my good friends have been trying for decades very, very hard to come up with a scientific theory about how brain activity could cause conscious experiences. That's the standard view. And they've not been able to do it. And this is not for lack of trying.

So you have information integration theory. You have tanoni. You have even folks like Dan Dennett and others saying that consciousness is a kind of elaborate illusion. Others saying that it has to do with a quantum collapse in neural microtubules. Exactly.

And it seems like in most of these sort of physicalist interpretations they're assuming something and this is how it relates to your original line of reasoning. They're assuming that there's a physical world of matter that exists that atoms build up, molecules build up, cells build up neurons. And these neurons are causal. They actually cause something to happen in a physical world that somehow emerges the taste of chocolate, the feeling of love, the subjective experience. That's right.

And that if you give me that right, then I can spin you up a world and somewhere we'll figure out at some point how that leads to consciousness. We're just not smart enough. Maybe we'll never be smart enough to figure it out. Maybe these theories are on the right track, et cetera. But the truth is we're not even close.

Right? Starting with physical matter, in other words, assuming what you've already said is not a valid assumption just that the world exists as we see it. In other words, matter is real. Atoms are real. Electrons are real.

As such, neurons are real. So the failure of a lot of scientists who have been working on this including people like Crick and others who you've worked with who are colleagues of yours it's been a struggle. And so this is the hard problem of consciousness. Let's just work on it more using a physicalist basis, which is atoms exist. Neurons exist.

But you're saying, what if we're just wrong and we've made a rookie mistake? Right? What's that about? That's right. So we've assumed that neurons exist even if they're not perceived and that neural activity causes our conscious experiences or neural activity in an embodied brain.

Right? So it's your brain and your body interacting with an environment. And most of my colleagues, I'd say 95% to 99% of my colleagues working on this hard problem of consciousness are assuming, of course, that's the form of the solution, neural activity somehow will cause our conscious experiences. But as you pointed out, we've been utterly unable to come up with a scientific explanation for even one conscious experience. And these are all my friends, Stuart Hammer Off, who does the neuronal microtubules idea.

We're buddies, but when we get on stage at a conference, I'll ask him, so, Stewart, we're interested in doing science here. Can you use your collapse of neuronal microtubule quantum states to explain any particular conscious experience? The taste of vanilla, the smell of a rose, a headache? Anyone? Is there any conscious experience that you can explain this way?

And you'll say no. And I say, well, next year I'll ask you the same question. And that's the problem also with integrated information theory. I've asked Julio Tenoni a couple of times, can you use your theory to give an integrated information circuit, a causal circuit that is or causes the taste of chocolate or anything, and you can't do it. And so until we can actually have a scientific theory that actually makes specific predictions, this is the circuit, or this is the microtubule collapse that has to be the taste of chocolate, it could not be the smell of garlic.

And these are the principled reasons why, until then, there's not enough science on the table to actually even falsify these things. What they're really proposing are there are these interesting correlates, and it's true that there are very interesting EEG correlates complexity, correlates of consciousness, and there may be neuronal tubular collapse of quantum state correlates. I'm good with that. I'm not disputing that. The question is not about these correlations.

The question is, where is the theory? Sure, these things are correlated, that's fine. Where is the theory that says what is causing what? Or if it's an identity theory, if you're saying, no, it's not that the activity in the brain is causing the conscious, the activity is the conscious experience. That's one gambit that they'll take.

Fine. Give me precisely the class of neuronal activity that is the taste of chocolate and tell me why it could not be identical to the taste of vanilla. Until we're doing that, we again are not doing science, and there's nothing on the table there. So that's why it was realizing that these really brilliant colleagues and they're good people, they're brilliant, they're trying very, very hard. It's a framework.

Physicalism is a framework that's worked for three centuries. It's done a lot of good stuff, so they're not stupid to use that framework. It has given us all sorts of insights and modern technology, so it's actually a smart move on their part. But I don't think it'll work. I don't think you can start with unconscious ingredients and boot up consciousness.

It's just that simple. Let me say that again. Don does not think you. Can start with unconscious ingredients and boot up consciousness. So either if that's true, it means either there is unconscious ingredients and some outside consciousness, whether it's soul or spirit or consciousness, whatever you call it.

And that's a dualistic kind of philosophy. And so panpsychism is one philosophy that says, oh, no, you're right, don you cannot boot up consciousness from non conscious ingredients. So this bottle is both a bottle, it's a physical thing. It's an ad full of atoms and H 20. But it also has a valence of consciousness that's kind of tacked on and associated with that.

Yes.

What's wrong with that theory? I mean, is there anything wrong with that? Is that well, so I also have good friends who are who take that theory quite seriously. They're panpsychists.

Bertrand Russell, the very famous logician and philosopher, was one of the first to propose this kind of thing. He pointed out that the laws of physics are quite good at describing what matter does, but they don't tell us what matter is intrinsically. And so he proposed, and others as well, that maybe what matter is intrinsically is conscious experiences. And it's an interesting philosophical idea, but what's happened is it has never been turned into science. So panpsychism is a philosophical stance and an interesting one, but no one has been able to turn it into a mathematically precise scientific theory.

So as a scientist, there's nothing on the table for me. And most versions of it are, as you say, dualist. And most scientists are not on board with dualism. We want as simple a foundation to scientific theories as possible, something we call Occam's Razor. Make your assumptions as simple as possible in trying to explain two phenomena, the phenomena of science.

And if two experiments or I'm sorry, two theories can explain the same phenomena, but one is simpler in its premises, then of course choose the simpler theory. And so most scientists, myself included, want what we call a monistic theory, where we only have one kind of assumption. There is, for example, only physical stuff. So a physicalist is a monist. They're obeying Occam's razor except that they can't solve the problem.

So Occam's razor only applies if you can solve the problem, so their theory can't solve the problem. So you could be a dualist. Panpsychism is a dualism, but it's not a scientific theory. It's a philosophical position. And then I'm proposing just go with consciousness.

Let's have a mathematically precise theory of consciousness that starts as simple as possible, and then we have to boot up what we call spacetime and the physical world as conscious experiences within conscious agents that they're using as an interface, a simplifying interface to help them interact with other conscious agents. So your monism, your keeping with Occam's Razor and keeping it as simple as possible is saying, okay, the materialists are saying everything is physical matter. And somewhere from the big Bang up through evolution, a miracle emerges and that's consciousness that we can't explain yet you're saying, well, maybe this is just a rookie mistake. Right. We're mistaking our interface, which sees physical things we think are physical because they're hard when we feel them.

In other words, the experience of holding this bottle is of pressure, solidity, liquidity, color, luminance, these kind of things. And so, of course, since that's how I see the world, I'm going to assume this is fundamental reality. Yes. And it turns out for the last 300, 400 years that's worked really well. We can build iPads and microphones and transmit 4K video signals based on our manipulation of our icons in our desktop interface.

So it makes perfect sense until you go, well, but then how do we boot up consciousness? Right? Why is it that quantum mechanics and general relativity don't really mesh? Exactly. Why is it that quantum mechanics is so strange?

In other words, why is it that the idea of local realism, in other words, that something exists when it isn't observed in a particular spin or momentum or whatever, and that entangled particles can somehow interact in a way that violates locality, meaning things communicating less fast than the speed of light. Let's shelve that and say that physicalism is true and we get a miracle of consciousness and we get the mystery of quantum mechanics. What you're saying is, and this is what compelled me, you're saying scientifically science is not a dogma, it's a method of study. Right? You can study this.

Looking at the other way, the rookie mistake is, well, we confused our interface with reality. What if we said reality was the thing we're trying to explain, which is consciousness. Everything is consciousness exchanging experience. Experience is the currency of everything. And from that fundamental building block, the smallest conscious agent, you can spin up the interface.

Reality, quantum mechanics, every conscious experience, everything from near death experiences, to different levels of consciousness, to higher instantiations of consciousness, all of that. Is that correct? Absolutely. So I'm saying the consciousness is fundamental. So I'm going to try to do, as you say, a scientific theory in which I precisely state with mathematical precision exactly what I mean by what I call a conscious agent.

So it's a mathematically precise term. And I can talk about how conscious agents interact, how they share experiences and how as they interact, they create new conscious agents. And so I get a dynamical system. Think about it as a vast social network like the Twitterverse. These conscious agents are passing experiences and receiving experiences like tweeting and following.

And just like in the Twitterverse, there's tens of millions of Twitter users and billions of tweets and lots of stuff trending. No one could really grasp the whole richness of the Twitterverse. And whenever we have overwhelming social media data, what we do with big data is we find visualization tools to allow us to grasp the gist of what's going on there. And that's what we have in space and time and what we call the physical world. That's just a visualization tool that some conscious agents use to deal with this vast social network of conscious agents.

And we've made the rookie mistake of mistaking our visualization tool for the final reality. So space and time are our desktop. To some extent. They're a data compression tool. That's right.

So by having three dimensions of space you get a little extra error correction because all you really need are two dimensions. Because the holographic principle which we talked about in the past show too, says that really all you need is a two dimensional space with bits of information and you can encode three dimensional truth or experience. So what if the fundamental bits of information are experience, consciousness, awareness outside of space and time? Space and time is our construct.

Then it starts to evolve over time. So you have these one bit conscious agents that can then combine and instantiate. That's a term you use. Higher level conscious agents that evolve compete in this vast social network by exchanging experience. And it turns out the way humans exchange experiences is in a 3D spacetime desktop video game.

Exactly. Where the don icon, whose facial expressions are such that I've evolved to be able to read to the degree that I can, assuming you're not trying to deceive me. And it works very well for us, it dumbs down everything else. We see a rock as a rock, but in your conception then we see this rock. And this is where people get really upset when I talk about this theory.

They get angry. They're like, you're telling me a rock is conscious, bro, that rock doesn't know me, okay? I've thrown rocks, now I feel guilty. But that's not really what you're saying. What are you saying about a rock?

That's right. So I'm not saying that a rock is conscious. And in fact, I'm not saying that when I look at you, the icon that I'm perceiving, I'm perceiving your face and your body. But those are my perceptions. It's my icon.

That icon is not conscious. Zubin Domania, the conscious agent, is conscious. I don't see Zubin Domania, the conscious agent. I just see skin, hair and eyes. And that's my portal in my interface into the consciousness of Zubin Dominia.

When I see a cat, I've got a portal that's not as clear right into the consciousness of my cat. When I see an ant, my portal is really giving up. And when I see something I call the rock, I am interacting with conscious agents, but my interface has to give up. That's the whole point of the interface, is dumbing things down. So of course, at some point I'm going to get no clue into the realm of conscious agents from my interface.

That's the whole point. At some point you're saying it's too much, it's too complicated. I'm just going to ignore all that aspect of objective reality of consciousness. Just like my Zuban domenia icon isn't conscious, the rock isn't conscious. But my Zuban Domania icon is a portal into the consciousness of the real Zuban Domania that allows Zubin to interact with my consciousness and me to interact with Zubin's consciousness.

Whereas with Iraq, the portal is closed. I am interacting with conscious agents, but the portal is closed. There's no way that I know what I'm doing with them and I don't see them really doing too much to me.

So let me see if I can understand this with my monkey mind in my interface. All right? So a rock I'm constructing when I look in the direction of a rock, and when I even say direction, I'm talking in spacetime language, which is our interface. So we're sharing an interface. By the way, the reason you see the rock and I see the rock the same way is that we evolved a similar spacetime interface.

That's right. And we're interacting with the same objective reality. Yes. So people who say, well, then, no, but my car is my interface, it's not yours. No, we have the same species specific interface to a large extent.

We can talk about extents to exceptions to that because they actually prove the rule. We agree there's a rock there because we're looking at the same conscious agent, the same icon that's pointing to this. But it turns out that evolution hid the truth about that rock from us. Because if I actually saw what it was, first of all, it won't help me reproduce, it won't help me survive. What helps me survive is seeing it as a rock.

Because in my spacetime interface there's a certain energy it takes to pick it up. I can use it as a tool, perhaps. Maybe I can pulverize it into its constituent icons, manipulate my icons to build concrete. So that's helpful, but I don't need to know what's the actual experiential substrate of it. That's exactly right.

I am doing something when I take a rock and I crack it in half. I am doing something in the realm of conscious agents, but I'm utterly ignorant about what that is. Whereas in the case of the Zuban Domania icon, there's a lot, of course, that's going on in your consciousness that I'm unaware of. But I am genuinely aware, unless, of course, you're trying to fool me. I'm genuinely aware of some of your emotions, some of your thoughts and some of your feelings.

So there's a genuine portal there. Whereas the portal into the realm of consciousness is very, very obscure with a rock. And one reason why we're so stuck on these objects, why we say, look, there's a rock there. You see a rock. My friend sees a rock.

If I don't look, I can go touch it and I can feel the rock. So there really is a rock there. The reason objects like the rock and a moon and trees and so forth have such a grip on our imagination is something that PSJ called object permanence by the time we're 18 months of age. He points out, before 18 months of age, PJ. Said if you show a baby a doll, it'll play with the doll.

And then you take the doll and you put it behind a pillow. And for the baby that's not yet 18 months of age, they act as though the doll ceased to exist. But after age 18 months, then P-O-J Said you get object permanence and you put the doll behind the pillow, and now the baby is looking for the doll behind the pillow if they want to play with it. And later research showed that P-O-J.

His techniques weren't crude, were too crude. Actually, we get object permanence maybe around four months of age. But the point is that we're built to have this assumption that objects exist and are real even when we don't perceive them. And that's just automatically built into our psychology, to our perceptual psychology before we're of the age of reason, before we can even argue about it. So by the time you come to the age of reason, that's just one of the deep assumptions that we bring to the world.

It's not an assumption we question. And so that's why it's so hard for us to question that. We've always believed it from the time we could ever even start thinking. We've always believed that objects exist and are real and don't depend on us for their existence. And so I'm challenging something that was built into us before we could reason against it.

And therein, I think, lies the challenge in this theory. I think a lot of people intuitively reject it. It's like kind of being shown the red pill and saying, I want to go back in the matrix. This makes no sense to me. Everything I intuit about the nature of reality is that physical objects exist in space and time.

Now, again, I want to double down on making clear that you are not saying there isn't a reality. You are not saying we create objective reality. You're saying we create a representation of what is objective reality. And that objective reality consists of a vast social network of conscious agents interacting with each other and exchanging experience. Absolutely.

I have life insurance, and that's a bet that there is a reality that exists. My wife's consciousness could persist even if I'm dead. Yes. And so I'm betting that there is an objective reality that exists even if I don't perceive it. So much of your experiential world right now is a reality.

And I'm not perceiving, but a tiny little part of your experiential reality, the part that you're letting me see. And even if you tried to let me see most of it, I could never experience all the colors and emotions and things that you're experiencing. So you have an objective reality and every person on the planet has a conscious objective reality that doesn't depend on my perception for it to exist. So I'm not a Solipsist. There is an objective reality, but space and time and physical objects, those are my virtual reality.

We have a headset on. This is all a virtual reality headset. And as I move around, I'm rendering the chair, I'm rendering a bottle, I'm rendering a table, and then I'm garbage collecting. As I move around, the conscious agents that I'm interacting with are still there, whether or not I'm rendering anything. But all I can do is to render my interface as my way of interacting with those conscious agents.

That's pretty awesome. See, to me, that makes perfect sense, and it actually feels more valid than a physicalist interpretation because now there's a lot of weirdness in this that we could talk about for hours. And I think we should make this point that there are quite a few physicists now that are saying things like spacetime as an objective reality is doomed. It doesn't make sense.

You do this in the book very well, going through quantum mechanics and saying, hey, what's going on here? This actually doesn't make sense. If you're trying to say that objects exist in and of themselves in space and time, then you have to kind of say, well, quantum mechanics isn't right, but all experimental evidence shows that it is right. And it's weird in a way that it's more consistent with the conscious agent theory than it is with a physicalist theory. Am I wrong about that?

No, you're right in the following sense that experiments have shown that local realism is false. So the joint claim that objects exist and have definite values of their properties like position, momentum, and spin, and that those properties have influences that propagate through space and time no faster than the speed of light. So the joint of those two has been shown, which is local realism. That's shown to be false. Now, some physicists will then go and say, look, I still want to keep the realism.

Like David Bohem, for example, proposed that electron has a position and a momentum even when it's not observed a definite value, but that there's these non local influences. But there's another aspect, another theorem about what's called non contextual realism, which says non contextual realism. It turns out non contextual realism contradicts quantum theory. So if you're a quantum theorist, you have to say that non contextual realism is false. And that says both that realism.

So it's realism, but also that the properties like position, momentum, and spin have values that don't depend on how you look at them, how you observe them, doesn't depend on the context, doesn't depend on the measurement. That's the claim of non contextual realism and non contextual realism is false. And notice that's false independent of local locality issues. So I think non contextual realism is the real tough one here for our idea of realism, to say that a physical object has definite positions and other properties, momentum, spin and so forth, that don't depend on how we observe them, that is false. And that gets really closer to the heart of saying, well, now the realism is the really bad thing here.

But then you pointed out that state of the art physicists like Nima Arkani Hamed at the Institute for Advanced Study at Princeton, they're saying, look, when we try to bring general relativity and quantum field theory, the standard model, of physics together into some kind of theory of everything. Or unified theory. We're finding that we're going to have to let go of spacetime. That physics for the last three centuries has been about what happens inside space and time. And now we're going to have to let go of spacetime.

It's not fundamental. There's something else that's more fundamental from which spacetime arises as an emergent concept or property. And they don't know what that deeper thing is. He's dealing with something called that he calls the amplitude. And what he's finding is in the Large Hadron Collider, when they shoot particles and smash them into each other.

And you start having these interesting events, like two gluons smashing into each other and four gluons spraying away. You try to write down the probabilities, what they call the scattering amplitudes, but the probabilities for these things to happen, all these smashing and scattering events, and you find if you do it inside space and time, so you do all those calculations in space and time. The math is nasty. You get hundreds of pages, even 1000 pages of algebra that you have to compute, and they've discovered. You miss certain symmetries in the data that are there, but cannot be expressed in spacetime.

But if you go to this deeper geometry that he calls the amplituhedron, you capture these deeper symmetries that are not expressible in spacetime, and the math becomes trivial. You can write it on the back of an envelope and calculate it by hand. And so these two things start to convince physicists that, hey, spacetime has had a good run. It was a great horse for 300 years. It's been really, really good.

But that doesn't mean it's the truth. It was a really good vehicle for our thoughts for several centuries. Now it's come to the end of its usefulness. We need something deeper, and they don't know what the deeper thing is. And the really brilliant thinkers at the state of the art aren't worried about that.

For them, this is like, holy smoke, fabulous. There's something new to learn here. The old guys and their spacetime, they did a good job, but us young guys are going to do something even more fun. So what's behind space and time? And how does it give rise to space and time?

Whatever the new theory is, it will be constrained by our old theories. Whatever the new theory is, when we project it into spacetime. We better get back general relativity, or generalization of it, and also the standard model or a souped up version of it, so we can't throw away what we've done. We don't want to throw away what we've done. In fact, it's a good all the work that we've done in the physicalist spacetime science is great work.

It is a constraint on any deeper theory we have. It better project back in spacetime to our current scientific theories. And the same is true of my models of consciousness. I will be able to test them as I develop the theory of conscious agents and get a mathematics of the evolution of consciousness. One constraint on my theory will be when I project it back into space and time.

I better get back all of modern science evolution by natural selection, general relativity, quantum field theory, or hopefully even generalizations of those theories. If I can't do that, I'm wrong. If I'm not smart enough to figure out what the dynamics of consciousness is about, then what I will probably do, or my team, is to look at the dynamics that we know about in space and time, pull it back from the interface into the realm of conscious agents and ask what kind of dynamics would give rise to the dynamics in space. Reverse engineer. Reverse engineer.

And then go, oh, so that's what consciousness is about. I hope to do it from first principles, but if I can't, then I'm going to fall back to, okay, I'm just not bright enough to figure it out. So we'll try to pull it back and reverse engineer, which the Chinese are very good at this. Yeah, they're pretty smart. It works.

Yeah, it works. Okay. All that is again, I'm a doctor. I'm just a medical doctor. Don I'm very limited in my icon, in my desktop understanding of this.

But I'll say this, that physics.

And I'm going to argue this medicine has hit a wall. Yes. And so we've been on a tear for centuries, like you said, and it's because we've really figured out in fine grained detail how to master this spacetime icon desktop that we have. So we're really good at manipulating icons. Surgery is manipulating icons, right?

We don't understand conscious agents or anything underneath it. We're like, I move appendix to outside of this physical space. Patient doesn't die. I take gallstone out of this tube. Patient doesn't die or have pain.

So actually there's an experiential connection, right? Patient no longer experiences pain if I move this icon here. But now we're at a wall where we're like, how do we explain schizophrenia? Our reductionist materialist approaches are no longer working. We're finding that things like the placebo effect, this sort of mind body integration, these kind of ideas, we can't explain them properly because we're using a physicalist framework.

We're mistaking our interface for reality, and we're running up to the boundaries of that. Well, how do you explain this? Well, what I think about your theory is you're saying, well, okay, this is the next iteration. Now let's reframe all this same science. You don't throw anything out, right.

You transcend and include and say, yeah, of course, exactly. In our interface. That makes perfect sense. Here's what's beyond the interface. So maybe now we can solve these bigger problems of how it is that all these we're going to have to get into how it is that conscious agents even work.

So maybe that's the next part of this conversation. Yeah, I think that's where the opportunity is with your theory. If it's true, you have mathematical model of how conscious agents exert dynamics with each other, how they instantiate higher levels of conscious, more complex conscious agents. So in that world, you and me are both perceived decide, act. That's what we're able to do.

Exactly. But we're made up of smaller conscious agents that are nested, that also do that, that feed up experience to us at the higher level, and we feed down to them. And it's this dynamic relationship that creates a human and also keeps psychotherapists employed. That's right. Because our unconscious mind is actually nested conscious agents that are in their own way conscious, but that we can't directly access that.

That's right. And I think there's as we get into the realm of conscious agents and talk about how they're nested and so forth, I think it's good to step back just for a second and say that as you were just saying a moment ago, we've gotten very, very good at the interface. We're like in the Grand Theft Auto example that we're using. We've become wizards at playing grand theft auto. We've become stunningly good.

We used to be really bad at playing our interface, and we died from not being able to take out problems in the body and so forth. So we're wizards at Grand Theft Auto. But now imagine someone who discovers that Grand Theft Auto, that's just the program on the screen that you're seeing. There's all the circuits and software, and they actually get access to the code and they realize that they can hack the code. They can start to do stuff to Grand Theft Auto that the wizards are going to go, that is magical, I had no idea that you could do that.

So the wizards themselves will be left in the dust. And that's what this new level of seeing the conscious agents behind objective reality is going to open up a Pandora's box. It will be allowing us to get behind the screen and get into the source code of the game and even change the parameters perhaps of space and time. So this is going to be the technology that comes out of this is going to be truly, truly stunning. All of our science, our scientific tools and our theories have been about the interface and how it works.

We've been wonderful at that the tools of science are up to the job of going beyond the interface and looking at this realm of conscious agents that are behind the interface and then reverse engineering that whole thing and playing our interface. So this is going to bring a lot of responsibility to us because it's going to open up. Once we understand the mapping from conscious agents into our spacetime interface and we understand how to hack it, who knows what kind of technologies are going to open up. This is great for science fiction to think about the possibilities, but it will leave current scientific technology in the desk. It's going to be a whole new level.

But now we can go after what I think. Right now my ideas are about this conscious agents realm and I should say what you described is exactly how I'm thinking about it, that you can have these simple one bit agents and it's really austere conscious realm. There's only two experiences that this consciousness has. What would it be like to be such an austere conscious agent? It's hard to put myself into the shoes of that conscious agent when they interact.

You can have two bit agents and four bit agents and all the way up to infinity. So you could have infinite conscious agents. And this opens really interesting technical questions. How many infinite conscious agents are there? Is there one biggest, all inclusive infinite conscious agent?

This is going to be a matter of theorems. Now, I don't know the answer. Maybe there are a bunch of infinite conscious agents and not one at the top. Or maybe there is just the one, in which case we're all conscious agents that are part of this one big conscious agent. But we're all genuinely single conscious agents, ourself interacting with the one.

So these kinds of issues which are obviously in the spiritual realm. Now, when we talk about infinite consciousness and so forth, we're talking about things that various Eastern and Western spiritual traditions have talked about. But we've only used words. For the first time we can use mathematics. And my definition of conscious agent is probably wrong.

So I could propose a definition of God. It's the one infinite conscious agent. So for the first time I've proposed a mathematically precise theory of the word God. Of course, I'm probably wrong. That's not the point.

The point is to have something precise on the table. So now science can start, because once you have something precise on the table, then people can jump on it and say, well, I think it's wrong because of that. And if we do this experiment, we'll show you that you're wrong. Now we can actually start to evolve our ideas. And so that's what I want as one feature out of this theory, is that we get a scientific spirituality, the biggest and deepest questions, the most human and personal questions, that for thousands of years we've only had words, lectures, but no.

Mathematically precise statements and predictions. Why shouldn't we use the best tools of understanding that we have, namely the scientific method, to address the questions that are the most important to us as human beings? Science is up to the task. And so what I want to see is an interaction between, I think, the genuine ideas that the spiritual traditions have come up with and the new methods of science that take those ideas, make them absolutely precise, make rigorous predictions that we can test and then go back and forth. That's how we find out which of our ideas are the genuine insights and which are just nonsense.

And of course, we have both, and spiritual traditions have both. They have genuine insights and they'll have nonsense. And how do we figure out which is which? We start to use the scientific method to make all of our ideas precise and then test them and then see what works and what doesn't. I'm very interested in those potential outcomes in science and spirituality to break down what is a bit of an animosity right now between the two non overlapping magisteria.

That's right. As Stephen J. Gould said. Right. And you're arguing no, you can use the scientific method to have a scientifically precise spirituality that has to do with starts with conscious agent theory and boots up everything, because higher agents than us, maybe classically, have been called angels.

Right. Higher agents than that may have classically been called gods. Right. Higher agent than that may have classically been called god. Exactly.

And you can actually start to talk about it in a way where people don't look at you like you're insane because it's not based on belief, it's based on, well, let's test this. Absolutely. By the way, the ideas that I'm putting out here, I'll be the first to say I'm probably wrong. So what I believe is that the ideas I've got now are better than the physicalist ideas, which doesn't mean that I believe I'm absolutely right. I think I'm on a better track and we'll see.

So belief gets in the way when dogmatism gets in the way. It's best to hold all of our ideas very tentatively. But on the other hand, you can't be too tentative in the sense that you do need to invest enough emotionally in them to really pursue them. Right. As a scientist, you have this balance.

On the one hand, you don't want to be dogmatic, I don't want to be dogmatic. On the other hand, I need to find the idea exciting enough that I'm going to invest my valuable time trying to write down the mathematics and pursue it. I think it's good enough lead to follow it. So there's this balance that we have to have between the two. Man, I tell you, this is the reason I became such a fan of yours.

And to be honest, all the stuff you just said in general is an answer to the question that I sometimes am faced when I talk about this stuff, which is, who cares? So, in other words, why do I care that everything's reality is consciousness or matter? Or why do I even care about consciousness? It doesn't get me through the day. Well, A, if you can hack into the source code, the technology changes.

B, we're stuck on so many scientific fronts and have been for a couple of decades now, so maybe we're missing something that could help us progress. And three, the fundamental thing that makes us human is our desire to understand our place. Right? And so, like you said, I think you're not supposed to fall prey to belief, but you have to be passionate enough. Passionate enough.

You know, it's funny because I went to, like, a three and a half hour workshop of yours at this conference in San Jose, which I talked about previously on my show. And you took people on this journey like, we're not really doing that here. We're kind of hitting all these different points. Kind of in the book. You do it and it's like, okay, let me make this case that everything we believe about reality is based on an interface and a rookie mistake.

And here's the deeper truth. Here's the math. Here's what a conscious agent looks like. Here's how that relates to different things we've done, like split brain experiments, turning a single conscious agent into two independently conscious agents that argue with each other in the same skull by cutting this meat called the corpus callosum, which we may presume is not meat, but some icon pointing to how conscious agents are exchanging experience. Yes.

And when you cut that physically, physically meaning you do something to those conscious agents, you now have two instantiations of awareness that are independent. And this is shown in experiment to actually be experientially true. So you took us on this journey in this conference, and you have scientists there. You have spiritual kind of people that are like, hey, man, the crystals, man. Is this like drugs, man?

And these guys cold. Like, the guy who invented the graphical user interface for the Mac is there. And these guys and I'm sitting there, and by the end, it was like, you get this feeling of emotion. And I'm speaking for myself, where I felt like, you know what? What you're saying, even if it's not exactly correct, is more correct than anything I've ever felt.

And I've studied science all my life. I do medicine. I take care of people. It's like that's when I said, okay, anything I can do to help promote this understanding, discourse, dialogue, expansion, refutation of this idea, I have to do. And that, I think, is how the intersection of science and inspiration and emotion and the human condition happens.

Absolutely. I agree that it's relevant because these are the questions that drive us. We are curious. Why are we here? What is life about what happens when I die?

These are the big, big questions that we would like answers to. And we have a chance with the tools of science, to take the spiritual insights and fashion them into something so precise that we can get precise answers to these questions. What happens when we die? Don, in your theory. Well, one interesting option is this, and I'll give you a metaphor that sort of spells it out.

Suppose that you go with some friends to a virtual reality arcade and to play virtual volleyball at the beach. So you put on your headset and bodysuits and you're immersed in a beach scene with a net and palm trees and seagulls and so forth. And you see the avatars of your friends and you start playing volleyball. And then one of your friends, Tom, at one point says, I'm thirsty. I need to get a drink.

I'll be back in a minute. He takes off his headset and bodysuit and his avatar collapses motionless in the sand. To you in the interface, in the VR interface, it looks like Tom is dead. But he's not dead. He just stepped out of the interface.

And perhaps death is like that. We see the body dead, cold, sitting there, lying there. But that's just the avatar that wasn't the consciousness in the first place. What I see right now in front of me when I look at Zubin, I'm seeing an avatar that I create. I'm not seeing the true consciousness of Zubin.

So if that avatar ceases to function, that doesn't mean that your consciousness is necessarily dead. I want to explore in the mathematics of this conscious agent theory what does happen. The theory absolutely allows that consciousness persists after what we call physical death absolutely allows it. The technical questions for me are so how much of the eye, how much of the memories, how much of my personality, how much of all those things persist? And those are going to be very interesting technical questions that I don't know the answer to.

So I'm really going to be interested to pursue that.

If we are these sort of nested conscious agents and we have access at a particular instantiation, in other words, we are the sum total of all these unconscious agents unconscious, all these conscious agents that are at this particular level where we are aware. We're not exactly able to access directly the conscious agents underneath us or the conscious agents above us, but both of them exert influence. So our conscious agent that's responsible for auditory perception is probably a nested consciousness that does something with experience out in the objective world of conscious agents that feeds it up to this particular level that we then experience. So death is an interesting thing. Absolutely.

Because what is it? Maybe the stepping back down through the instantiations or a stepping out into a higher absolutely. And I don't know the answer to that. That's going to be very interesting to ask that question. But the interesting thing is it should be a precise question, and the mathematics should allow us to give precise answers, or we'll need to enhance the mathematical framework.

The mathematics that I have to learn is network information theory. It's a fairly new branch of mathematics that's really come on because of the Internet and wireless and so forth. So fortunately, because of all this new technology, we've had to solve these problems. So it turns out the mathematics, graph theory related to agents interacting is a new and well developed and developing branch of mathematics. So I and my team are going to be learning this mathematics and using the theorems to try to understand how conscious agents interact and understand to try to answer the kinds of questions you were asking.

When we die, do we somehow interact with lower level conscious agents? Higher level? What's going on there? So the graph theory is going to be very interesting to go after this. But it's nontrivial math, I must say.

Any math for me is nontrivial math. Me too. I go to the mathematicians. Yeah, I mean, when I looked at your stuff, I've read one of your source papers that you'd published and looking at Markovian kernels and this kind of thing, and it gave me chest pain. But I also enjoyed it because it was a fun ride to try to wrap my particular interface around this kind of thing.

And then the question of artificial intelligence. Yes, how does artificial so we talk about artificial intelligence. The way we think about it now, is there's some ghost in the machine? There's a machine that's physical that we create that either approximates or somehow attains consciousness or at least is behaving intelligently. But you're saying something differently.

First of all, there's not a machine we're saying we can tweak within our interface something that might open a portal into the realm of conscious agents that we currently don't have. Can you explain that? Because this will melt people's heads because it melted mine. That's right. So I've been involved in artificial intelligence since 1979 when I went to the AI lab at MIT, and I've been very interested in it.

And the question of could AIS of course we can make them smart. They're beating us at all sorts of stuff now. So that's not an issue. The issue is, could they actually have genuine experiences? Could an AI feel love?

Could it taste vanilla and actually enjoy the taste of vanilla? Could silicon circuits and software do that? Most of my colleagues think yes. They think that somehow programs, sophisticated programs are in fact what consciousness is. Although they can't tell me the program and they can't say it's just an idea right now, it's a philosophical idea.

There is no scientific theory on the table. But in general, what they're saying is that somehow with these unconscious circuits and unconscious software, we will boot up real conscious experiences. So that's the question typically about could AIS be conscious? The question is could the circuits somehow that originally were unconscious could they become conscious if they're complex enough? I'm saying that's the wrong way to think about the problem.

We're assuming that circuits in space and time are objective reality but in fact that's just a user interface and we know that our user interface, as you said, gives us portals into consciousness. My icon of Zubin Domania is giving me a portal into the experiences of Zubin Domania. Very, very small portal, but a genuine portal. So for me, the question is this once we understand the realm of conscious agents with mathematical precision and we understand the mapping between conscious agents and their dynamics and our spacetime interface so that we understand it well enough to hack it, will we be able to open new portals in our spacetime interface into the realm of conscious agents? Perhaps using technologies like silicon and circuits and software will we be able to re understand that technology in a deeper way that allows us to open portals into this preexisting realm of conscious agents?

For what it's worth, I think the answer is yes. And I say that both with excitement and trepidation because that's unbelievable power and it's not clear what we're going to meet on the other side. I don't know if all those conscious agents out there are what we would call nice. I just don't know.

But notice it's not. Could unconscious circuits and software boot up consciousness? It's rather will we understand our circuit, our interface well enough and what's behind the interface of conscious agents well enough that we can rejig our interface perhaps using silicon and germanium and other circuit kinds of materials and open a new portal into the preexisting realm of conscious agents? So that's one kind of answer. I think the answer is yes.

But in that case we're not creating new consciousnesses we're opening portals to them. So there's another question here. Once we understand this technology could we create new consciousnesses in the realm of conscious agents? And if we look at what we can see in our interface right now we do see cases where it looks like new consciousnesses are being created reproduction, sexual or asexual when cells divide. We may be in our interface getting a pointer to a birth of a new kind of conscious agent.

When two parents reproduce sexually and have a kid we believe that we're being introduced to a new conscious agent and that new conscious agent is having conscious experiences that I don't have direct awareness. So the mother, the father have their consciousnesses. They come together. They have a child which has a consciousness that is opaque to them. They have to interact through an interface the body of that child to see what's going on with the child's consciousness.

So we seem to have hints in our interface of technologies for creating new consciousnesses. Now if that's right if that's the right way to read the interface. Maybe I'm reading it wrong. I mean, that's one thing I'll have to find out. When I get the theory of conscious agents more worked out in the projection, I'll be able to see, am I reading the interface wrong?

But suppose that's not wrong, that we really are seeing new conscious agents being created when we reproduce sexually or asexually. That would mean that there are technologies within our interface that we can use to create new conscious agents. The technologies we have are crude right now, having sex. It's not a high tech thing, but it works. Speak for yourself.

Yeah, right.

But eventually, once we understand that and we understand asexual reproduction just mitosis, we then may be able to understand how to use our interface to create new consciousnesses.

The AI thing. We may just open new portals into existing consciousnesses with the new technologies, or we may get to the point where we're creating new consciousnesses. But it's in a different way than the AI. Folks start thinking about it. They're saying, we take unconscious fundamental reality and make it complicated enough, and it creates consciousness.

I'm saying no reality is conscious all the way down. My interface is hiding most of it. But my interface has given me tools to play with the realm of conscious agents. Will it give me the tools to actually open new portals to consciousness and perhaps to create new consciousness? I think the answer might be yes.

Wow. It's a different way of thinking about it. I really like that. One interesting thing. Is consciousness like energy?

The question is, can it neither be created nor destroyed? Is there just an infinite, out of space, out of time conscious pool, and you're subdividing it? And so a child is like a little split off, and it starts to evolve out, which gets to the question of the evolution of conscious agents, their complexity.

That's getting to the limits of my brain.

But here's how I'm thinking about it. And I'm hoping to have a new generation of younger researchers that can help push these ideas further.

I don't think that there's a limited pool of consciousness. I think it's endless, and there's some dynamic that will never end. And one reason I think that is something that's called Godel's incompleteness theorem. Explain that. So Godel was this brilliant logician, mathematician logician, who did some of the most profound research in logic of the 20th century.

He was a friend of Einstein. They hung out together at the Institute for Advanced Study. And among the many contributions of Gerla was this that if you have a mathematical system that has a set of premises axioms, and it's sophisticated enough to actually, like, say, do arithmetic, then you can, as a mathematician, you can grind out all the theorems. You can use the axioms to prove all these various theorems. And what he showed, what Godel showed, was all the theorems that you get by grinding through the axioms mechanically will not get you to all the truths.

There are truths that can't be proven now, that truth that escapes your current set of axioms. Maybe if you increased your set of axioms or changed your axioms, you could get to that truth, but then there would be new truths that you couldn't get to by your proof. And this, I think, bears on science. Science starts with every theory, starts with premises, assumptions. These are the magic, the miracles of the theory.

No theory in science explains everything. There's no theory of everything. Every scientific theory says, please grant me these one or two or three handful of assumptions. If you grant me those, I can explain all this other stuff. But what God seems to be saying to us is no matter how what assumptions a scientific theory has, there will be truths that escape that scientific theory.

And when I think about this now from the point of view in which I say consciousness is the fundamental reality, that's all there is, how does mathematics fit into that? The way I think of it is that mathematics is like the bones within consciousness. It's the structure of consciousness. When we actually study consciousness, a field called psychophysics, we actually have for many decades, studied with precision conscious experiences in the lab. And they're structured.

We can write down mathematics. Math and consciousness are not alien. They're not separate. It's rather, they're really integrated, like flesh and bones into one unit. And that's why I think about, like, mathematics as the structural bones of consciousness.

It's not the whole of consciousness, but it's an essential and ineliminable part of consciousness. And given that now Godel's theoremist is telling us something very important first, my assumption is that all that there is is consciousness. So all that math and structure is about consciousness. There's an infinite variety of structures. And Godel serum is telling us the exploration of this mathematical structure and therefore of the consciousnesses with that structure is never ending.

Never ending. It cannot come to a halt. There is no halt. It's provable that this never halts. Is that the deepest dynamic of consciousness, the endless exploration of all the possibilities of consciousness and its structure?

That's the best idea I've got so far. It's like the kid in the candy store, but the candy store is infinite, and there's all sorts of chocolates and other things that you couldn't even imagine are out there. And go for it, kid. Explore it. It's never stopping.

That's what Godel's theorem seems to be saying to us. That seems to be saying to me that there's no end to the proliferation of consciousnesses. It's never going to stop. And so it's pretty exciting. It's very exciting.

So that's the best idea I have so far. That may be the deepest dynamic.

Wow, man. If that's true, it's beautiful. I hope it's true. It's as beautiful a thing as I've heard. And I have to say maybe that if that's true and everything again, consciousness is primal.

Math is the bones of it. These theorems say that it doesn't end. It's going to constantly keep spinning out and evolving. And we're a kid in the candy shop just making it happen. People ask about the meaning of life.

I can't think of a better meaning of life than that. Explore, explore, grow, evolve, enjoy, experience. That's the currency of everything. And love each other too, because we are all connected. Absolutely.

This is where all the scientists tune out. Okay, he said love, we're out. The interesting thing about all of that is, does it ultimately get at the dynamics of conscious age and evolution, that there is a deep drive, even that because entropy says, well, things go to disorder and so on. But yet evolution seems to be this. It's not truly an exception because the system still goes to disorder, but you're creating increasing complexity.

Maybe conscious agents really just want to connect and exchange and get more complex. I think that's a very, very good point, because it's in the interaction of conscious agents that you get new conscious agents. And so the exploration continues. I could imagine that the genesis of new agents comes from partly the interactions, the love, hopefully all love. We'll see the interactions between conscious agents leading to new ones, and maybe some I may have to postulate also de novo, new conscious agents just appearing.

We'll have to see I won't undo that if it's required, but won't have the minimum magic in any scientific theory. So it'll be interesting to see where that goes. But I think that the notion of love may play a role in it in the sense that it is the connections between conscious agents, the interactions between conscious agents, that does give rise to new conscious agents. So, yeah, I'm on board with that, man. And this is the thing.

People have talked about this stuff for millennia, right? But they've never talked about it with a scientific precision, with actual theorems. And and I think what I thought was so interesting about your work, again, is that you're bringing that to it. And even if they're wrong, at least we're trying this interesting. And if we're going down the wrong route, we'll find out, because those terms will be disproven.

Or you'll find something incompatible with it, and then you have to alter it. That's science. That's right. I think that we all want to understand who we are. We want to understand what this is all about.

And dogmatism gets in the way. Assuming that you know the answers means that if you happen to be wrong, you're stuck. And so it's best to hold our beliefs very, very loosely, have enthusiasm, but be open to be wrong. And the point about science is to be precise, so you can find out precisely why you're wrong. And hopefully, quickly, it's better to be disabused of your wrong ideas earlier rather than later so that you can move on.

It's hard for us because we like dogmatism seems to come natural to us. It seems to be part of our nature to say, I've believed this since I was five, you're not going to dissuade me of it. But that really closes us off to new ideas and new exploration. And so that may be part of this whole dynamic too. Maybe there's an infinite amount to explore and part of the exploration is letting go of what we think we already know.

That may be part of what this whole dynamic of consciousness is about, is this letting go of dogmatism is part of what it takes to be the kid in the candy shop that gets to do all this exploring. Hey, look, kid, if you stick with your dogmatism, you only get to see these candies over here. All these other candies are forbidden to you unless you're willing to let go and open up to a broader perspective. This man, Don Hoffman, you speak my language. These are the only things I am interested in anymore in life are these questions, which is strange because I'm getting older and these are the things, you know, I'm supposed to be interested in the minutiae of medicine and all that.

I'm like just manipulating icons. I want to know what's behind the icons. Okay, now there's a lot oh, man, where to even gosh so good. Could talk to you for like 30 hours. So I want to at least get into all right, let me ask you this question.

You're talking about closing off the candy shop because dogma we evolved reason not to find truth. We evolved reason to persuade others in our tribe that we're correct it's like our conneman's, Daniel Kahneman talking about system one and system two. Jonathan Height talking about elephant and writer. Our mind is really kind of two minds. We have this very conscious, deliberate, strategic, high energy requiring mind that does logic and reasoning and math and verbal and that sort of thing.

And then you have this unconscious, emotional, intuitive, heuristic mind that operates in the background in your conscious agent theory. Actually this actually might unfold in that you have this level of conscious agents emerging. Your current awareness and that's system. One like you can be thoughtful and deliberative, but that emotion you feel or that threat you feel or that fear you feel, that's your quick heuristic are the agents underneath feeding up to you and influencing your quote unquote free will, right? So in your estimation, each of these agents has its own kind of ability to perceive, decide and act based on its world that it's encountering, which is the conscious agent social network, the experience that it has and the action it wants to take.

But the lower agents kind of can constrain what the higher agents can do and the higher agents feedback and constrain. So your mind is this constant dynamic between processes unconscious to you and processes that you're conscious of and maybe even higher processes. When you go into a football game and you feel that connection, or you go to a church or a monument and you see art with other people and you're all tuned in. Like when I was at your conference, everybody was like this. And there was one sort of you could almost feel an emergent understanding, right?

And so it's this constant sort of dynamic. I don't know what I'm getting at with this. Beyond this is me thinking out loud about how our own minds work and how I can think about elephant and writer and condomin. System one, system two in the conscious agent framework. Right.

It's a very, very good point you bring up and I think it's an important issue. You're right that from evolutionary psychology it appears the best understanding from evolutionary psychology is that logic and reason in some sense evolved as a social tool of persuasion. This is the thesis of Dan Spurber and Hugo Mercier and others and it's controversial but it's very, very interesting and there seems to be a lot to it that we evolved logic and reason to persuade others about what we already believe. I mean, I think the right way to take down that woolly mammoth is this way. And we're going to need all 17 of us guys to do it this way together, because we can't do it by her, I can't do it by myself.

And someone else says, no, I think the right way to take down the woolly mammoth is this other way. Or I should run her off a cliff or something.

It's not the dispassionate search of truth tool that we might think it is. It's rather the social persuasion tool and some evidence that that's the case comes from. We are best at our logic and reason when we're in a social debate we find that ideas come quickly, we're quick on our feet and so forth. And a lot of my research is done in a group with other researchers where we're talking because it's in that social setting that the logic and reason that that's its native ground. That's where it evolved to hunt.

And so I get together with my team and we hunt ideas together because that's where the logic and reason evolved to do this kind of hunting of ideas and the back and forth but now at a deeper level. So that's evolutionary psychology and I love evolutionary psychology. It's an incredibly powerful tool so I'm not putting it down at all. In fact, I talk about evolutionary psychology in my book but I think there's a deeper point of view outside of space and time. Evolutionary psychology is a theory within our interface and there's an interesting assumption that goes into evolution limited resources.

If resources were not limited, there would be no need for competition and. There'd be no need for evolution. We could all just have everything we wanted. It's the limited resources. And I have to think is the belief or the idea or the experience that we have limited resources an artifact of our interface and not an insight into reality?

Reality itself. Resources may be totally unlimited and maybe in the realm of conscious agents it's not an issue. I don't know if that's the case, though. Then there would be a deeper dynamics. And when we project it into an interface in which it looks like resources are limited then we get this sometimes bloody competition for resources that leads to evolution by natural selection.

So I want a deeper framework in which we understand evolutionary psychology as a projection of a deeper dynamics of consciousness. So sort of getting at what you're talking about the whole dynamics of how does it relate to evolutionary psychology? I think it's going to be again, we'll have to have a deeper dynamics of conscious agents. And maybe when we project in an interface where we have this appearance of resource limitations we're going to get a lot of the features of evolutionary psychology coming out. This idea of resource limitation.

To me, I've sat and thought about this and by the way, so were you talking about social connection being facilitative towards reasoning and thought? 1000%. And I just want to put a point on that. In medicine, in healthcare, one of the great tragedies of the last decade or so has been the siloification of our communication. So instead of getting in a room in a doctor's lounge or at a nurse's station and exchanging ideas about patients with specialists and people taking care of them at all different levels we go behind a computer interface and we send staff messages.

And it's not the same. No. And so a lot of that fluidity, a lot of the creativity, a lot of the humanity and a lot of the brilliance of medicine has been sucked into algorithms and checklists and things that we think using a computer model of thinking the brain is a computer. We should think more like a computer. We're missing the underlying reality, the conscious experience of our patients, the internal experience and how it affects this physical icon of their.

And it's been a tragic thing. So we need to get away from that or at least use the tools where they're useful and use what we are uniquely human about, which is connecting with other humans that's right. More effectively. Now, resource limitation is fascinating because it's the central driver of everything in our current universe interface. The lack of energy and constantly having to budget.

If we had unlimited resource in other words, we have the hack into Grand Theft Auto where you have unlimited life points or whatever, right? Suddenly it's not much fun of a game, I'll tell you that, because you're just doing whatever you want. But all that competition, all the strategy, all the effort that goes into being frugal, making sure that maybe spacetime evolved as an interface because it tells me how many experience points I need to get to that apple over there means it's going to cost me this much calories. Why do we even need calories? So it's interesting, if you're going to dive into the fundamental nature of an infinite conscious universe, why is there finite resources?

Absolutely. And it may just be an illusion. The appearance of finiteness may be illusion. I'm not secure on that point. I mean, I'm not saying that I'm absolutely sure when I go at this realm of conscious agents itself, I may find resource limitations there as well, but I'm not sure that I will.

And this idea from Godel's therm that there's endless exploration and there's no limit to it makes me think that maybe it's unbounded in its potential. So maybe at this level there's limitation. I think you mentioned in the book, and I think this is an important point to make, that there are limited resources involved in being able to have experiences. In other words, having a large repertoire of conscious experiences is somehow costly. It takes effort and energy.

And so we dumb it down. By definition, at our particular instantiation of complexity, we can't overdo it or we run out of steam. That's right. Kind of like when we're using system two and we're trying to overthink things. Exactly.

It gets exhausting and we rely on our gut. That's right.

This idea of, again getting at this sort of limit. Again, this is a conversation for another time, but I have to make sure by the way, any comment on that beyond what we were talking about? Yes, I think that what you're saying is exactly the right way to think about it from an evolutionary point of view. Right. That's exactly the right way to think about it.

And the question is, is this resource limitation? So, for example, the argument that I've given that we have to have this interface that dumbs things down and so forth, the assumption I was making is let's assume space, time and matter and evolution by natural selection. The reason I did that was that's where my colleagues are. Those are premises that they will accept. So let me start with premises and a scientific theory that my colleagues will accept and show that it means that we're not seeing the truth.

This is just a dumbed down user interface.

Now, given that I've done that, I can now step back and say, well, but I don't need to commit myself to spacetime. I don't need to commit myself to evolution by natural selection being the final true theory. That was just the best theory we have so far and I can use that theory to bring my colleagues hopefully along to a new way of thinking about things. But now when I go to this deeper theory of conscious agents, I don't yet know whether the notion of limitation applies there or not.

That's really weird. When Einstein wrote down general relativity he didn't know that it was going to entail black holes. So that's the thing about scientific theories. That's why we do the math. The theory is smarter than you.

At some point the theory teaches you and you become a student of your theory. And I expect that there are all sorts of implications in the theory that I've written down. And by the way, when I say my theory I should mention my colleagues Chaitan Prakash, Chris Fields, Manish Singh, Robert Prentner, Federico Fajin I mean I'm working with so it's not just me, it's a whole group, whole team, shannon Dobson, so we're all working on this together. But the math is smarter than any of us. There are some pretty smart mathematicians in that group and the math is smarter than them.

It'll be fun to study what it entails. Are there limited resource implications or not? And one thing I got to say we were talking about this a little bit before. Nobody really funds this kind of research and it's just like I forget it was Sean Carroll or who was on Rogan's show recently and he was talking about studying the fundamental foundations of quantum mechanics and this idea that no one wants to pay for that because nobody cares. What they care about is what can you build using the current interface?

And so one thing I want to make sure that people understand is that there's people out there that independently philanthropically fund research they should look at the kind of research you're doing because it is in my mind the most important thing we can possibly study. And then I want to make sure that I mentioned this because this came up as soon as we started thinking about this and at the conference as well, which is you are someone who said, and you've told me privately and publicly you've never done psychedelics, you've never smoked a cigarette. You're a pretty straight shooter. Your father is a Methodist fundamentalist. This is not how you roll, right?

You're not some like yogi in India sitting on a mat all day doing psychedelics and saying the nature of consciousness is there is only consciousness.

What's? That I'm a geek. You're a geek like me. Now, the thing is, as someone who has dabbled in collagen psychedelics and who's talked to other people who have done them, it seems clear from anyone I talk to, I talk about this theory. They say, oh, yeah, of course, whether I've done five meodmt, or whether I've done that comes from a toad, or whether I've done psilocybin, which comes from a mushroom, or whether I've done LSD, which comes from synthetic ergotomines, ultimately from a mold.

I think all those things seem to do is open a different interface that now we encounter. And one of the common things that people say is it's an overwhelming experience that feels as real as our current maybe more real than our current interface, that they feel like they're seeing things that are there always. But that we have no access to and that they're able to make these sort of experiential have these experiences that, again, feel like maybe they're experiencing plant reality or fungal reality or something like that. And they have truly mystical experiences. Is it possible that something in these and these are microgram quantities?

Chemicals? If chemicals are an icon, right, could it be that you're somehow moving some sort of conscious agent that interacts with your network of conscious agents and some has some network effect that changes the interface so that transiently you can experience something even people say they're outside of space and time. They're eternal, right? Sam Harris in his book Waking Up talks about spending an eternal communion with a redwood tree while on acid. Wow is one of his earlier experiences.

He says one thing to think about this, it's another thing to experience it and it's ineffable you can't put it in words because it doesn't make sense in our current interface. Again, you haven't done these drugs. Do you think that's possible in this? Yes, I think that this whole framework allows that psychedelics may be a technology, perhaps an initial and crude technology by which we can hack our interface and either open up the interface to have a more direct perception of conscious agents or to transition to other interfaces. This theory allows an infinite variety of interfaces.

There's an infinite variety of exploration of different just kinds of interfaces and there is an infinite variety of conscious experiences that various conscious agents can have color, vision, taste, smell, touch, emotions. These are our limited range of experiences. The theory says there's an infinite variety of kinds of sensory modalities not just colors but sensory modalities that are utterly alien sensory modalities to explore. And so I would think that as we make progress on understanding the realm of conscious agents and our interface, we will develop technologies that allow us to systematically go beyond our interface and perhaps enter different interfaces and play in different interfaces and that we will go back and recognize that the psychedelics were the first very, very crude technology. We didn't know what we were doing.

It's like we first start playing with fire and then eventually we have rockets that go to the moon, right? But we had to start playing with fire before we could send someone to the moon. So that may be what's going on, the crude technology but eventually we will be not just psychonauts but we'll actually be in the realm of conscious in reality. We'll be in reality and we'll be going through the realm of conscious agents and exploring there and maybe even going beyond all interfaces and experiencing what is it like to be a conscious agent without an interface, without a self. And I think this is all fun to explore.

I think science fiction should explore this, and then hopefully, the science will catch up. With the imagination of science fiction, our mathematics can catch up. Yeah. Do you remember the movie Brainstorm with Natalie Wood? No, I don't.

It's one of these early VR movies from, like, 1979, and now she died in the middle of it. But it was a technology where you could put on a device and experience someone else's experience, and someone dies while wearing the device and recording. And so people have this experience of death. It's really interesting. I'll look at that kind of ahead of its time.

Yeah. So these ideas of opening these portals and this idea of consciousness without self experience, these are ancient spiritual ideas, right. You can access these things through meditation. I've had glimpses of these experiences in meditation. So a selfless conscious awareness that's just still silent awareness, as maybe even the substrate of what awareness is.

You can experience that. And I think we were talking earlier about Rupert SPYRA and other people who are more of the sort of mentors in this, how to discover this type of meditation. And it doesn't require drugs and it doesn't require anything like that, but this idea of this is kind of primitive technology like fire. I used to make this. Smoking marijuana is like being hit on the head.

It shifts your interface slightly. Right. And for some people, this is my theory. For some people who are innately anxious or restless or something's wrong, it shifts the interface slightly so that they can actually get by. Interesting.

For others, like myself, it shifts it to be slightly more paranoid. I see. Tastes are different. Everything's a little bit turned up, and some things are turned down and sleep is disrupted. So again, thinking about it from an interface theory, the effect of drugs make a lot more sense than even thinking about it from a mechanistic causal.

The brain is causal as opposed to a correlate, an icon. How does a tiny compound make the brain somehow create this brand new insane experience? Makes much more sense that it's a rejiggering a little bit of our interface that makes me want to ask you this again, I don't know that we have an answer to this. How are our interfaces passed on? What's encoding them?

Oh, wow. That's a really interesting question, and it's a big open problem for me and my team. What is DNA? What is genetics? That is an interface symbol.

What does it point to in the realm of conscious agents? And why is it when we reproduce, we reproduce a consciousness that's very, very similar to us? Personalities are the same.

I really want to reverse engineer our interface to find out what is the DNA, what is that technology doing? Why would conscious agents in the realm of conscious agents tend to create new conscious explorers that are similar to them? Maybe it's like it's a systematic search that's going on, right? Of course, there are tens, hundreds of millions of different creatures that have been on Earth. So in some sense, there's been a wide range of exploration that's going on.

And maybe it's just a nice search procedure where we're searching this part of the search space. And so our children are really just new conscious agents searching more in the same part of the consciousness search space that we were in before. So that might be but how that cashes out in terms of DNA and understanding DNA in the realm of conscious agents? I am really eager to solve that problem. That's going to be really fun.

It's hugely interesting to me because the epigenetics even beyond DNA, but what does that mean again? What is it pointing out, really, if we believe this to be correct, this sort of interface theory, and by the way, for people who don't still believe that this is just an interface, the example of synesthetes, people who have synesthesia, they are mutants in the interface. That's right. They're variants where they may see tastes or feel tastes. So you give great examples in the books of people who do this, right?

So about 4% of us are synesthetes. So it's not a small fraction. And it looks like it's. From an evolutionary point of view, evolution is tinkering with the interface, and that's no surprise. We're mutating all the time, and that's how we adapt to new situations.

And synesthesia is a really good example for one of the problems that most of us have. Most of us think that when I see a bottle, there is a bottle. I see the moon, there is a moon. Physical objects have a real grasp in our imagination. It's hard for us to imagine that when I see a bottle, that it could be anything other than just seeing the truth.

It really is a bottle. And so synesthetes are helpful because there are some synesthetes that experience three dimensional objects for things that are not three dimensional objects. So Michael Watson, everything that he tasted on his tongue, he felt a three dimensional object in space in front of him with his hands, and he could feel all the way around it. It had a temperature, a surface shape, a texture. It could be pliable, it had a weight.

And so mint, the taste of mint, also made him feel in three dimensional space with his hands, a tall, cold, smooth column of glass. Somehow that seems right to me, but I don't know why that seemed right. So he spun up three dimensions. Three dimensions from a taste. From a taste.

And mint does not resemble a tall, cold, smooth column of glass. And a column of glass is not the right way to do mint, right? It might be that's right. In an evolutionary sense, in the future. It might be, absolutely.

If, for example, we were in a world in which women really prized men who could really cook. It turned out because Michael Watson had this extra dimension of taste. He felt it in 3D as 3D objects. He was a great cook, so he could cook in way with subtleties that maybe most of us. So if it turned out that women really loved men who could really cook, then his genes could have passed on and we would all every time we tasted something, we would not only taste it on our tongue, there would be all these rich three dimensional objects in front of us that we would feel with our hands.

How heritable is Synesthesia. Oh, it runs in families. So it does. So we're seeing this Heritable interface, right? So again, what is it?

What is DNA pointing to? What are the epigenetics? What is the other embryologic development factors that we're ontogeny? Recapitulates phylogeny. And we have gills and a table.

Right.

Lots to explore. I know. And these are going to be endless clues that if we're not smart enough to figure out from first principles what's going on in the realm of conscious agents, these are the clues that we'll pull back, we'll reverse engineer to help our imagination go where it couldn't go. Man, it's an exciting time. I'm telling you.

I really hope that there's more research along the lines of what you're doing, that your own research is well funded and publicized. Listen, the one thing you guys can do, ZPAC, is get this book and read the F out of it. It is fantastic, and it takes you on a journey. And look, if you get to a part about visual perception where you're like, this is too heavy, just skip ahead. There's so much stuff in the last chapter is about conscious agents.

He saves it all for the end. He's like, oh, by the way, here's the nature of reality. I'm like what? That's a whole book. That's like 30 books in and of itself.

The next book. The next book. The next book. Don, was there anything else you wanted to discuss as we pull up on how long are we going, Victor? It's been a while.

We're at 1230 right now. No, I think we've covered it pretty well. I think we yeah, absolutely. Although I could talk for like, another couple, three. It was just endlessly fun.

What we pointed out is there's centuries of work ahead in this framework. Centuries of work. It's exciting. Now people are going to be like, it's all BS and screw you guys, I'm going home. That's cool.

But I will say this topic of discussion is something that has provoked the most outrage from my audience. They get viscerally angry when I talk about this stuff. Wow. And then there's a contingent, maybe, let's say 15%, that are like, this is the only reason I watch your show. And they're like, really?

This is a field of inquiry that they really care about. And I think again, as the science starts to evolve, it's going to be exciting to bring you back and keep talking about your game. That'd be fun. Absolutely. And anything we can do to promote your work, let us know.

Again, get the book. I think the book is so important to really understanding the path that gets you to the realization that, okay, first of all, this is all a construct. Second of all, what's underneath? And if you don't believe conscious agent theory, then come up with a theory of your own. Right?

But one thing you cannot believe is that this stuff is real. I just don't think you can look at the science and believe that. That being said, Don Ha, and thank you so much for coming on the show, man. It was a great pleasure, zoo and I really thank you for having me on. Thank you.

All right, we out.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Apocalypse takes a while – 05-17-2023

Apocalypse takes a while - 05-17-2023

Apocalypse takes a while - 05-17-2023

Summary:

The text discusses the author's experience of running data analysis and their frustration with censorship. They mention a recent heatwave and lack of wind contributing to intense heat. The author's system for predicting language trends and emotional peaks is affected by censorship, limiting its effectiveness. However, they have observed a near-term emotional intensity peak in June, driven primarily by economic factors and secondary political corruption. The emotional peak is expected to be overwhelmed by another peak, particularly focused on politics, by the end of June and the beginning of July. This period is anticipated to be highly stressful, with a significant increase in emotional attachment to fiscal and economic matters. The author predicts a rise in stress levels, potential Karen episodes, and histrionics as a result. They also suggest that rapid sequencing events will contribute to emotional overload before June 12, with emotions persisting at elevated levels afterwards. Overall, the author expects an unusual summer with a higher level of official disclosure and potential rioting related to food shortages.

The text suggests that there may be food riots linked to political issues and corruption during a period of unexpected food shortages. The release of information about UFOs is expected to coincide with these events, driven by the elites' own motivations rather than public demand. The text also mentions the presence of data sets mentioning aliens, UFOs, advanced technology, and ancient civilizations, coinciding with the breakdown of the globalist system. The upcoming winter is predicted to be harsh, serving as a significant historical marker, signaling a shift from elites in control to a recognition of their illegitimacy and a growing resistance against them. The text also mentions potential threats to the Federal Reserve and the collapse of the current economic system, as well as the downfall of the Kazarian mafia and the failure of the great reset. Anger and direct action against elites are expected to rise later in the year, leading to a significant change in how things are done. The text concludes with the anticipation of a crash in the financial system, which will occur outside the control of the elites, ultimately leading to a better world.

#ShortagesAndChallenges #HotSummerDays #CensorshipIssues #PrescientLanguageInsights #EmotionalIntensityPeaks #EconomicTrends #PoliticalCorruptionConcerns #JunePeakPredictions #PlateauLevels #JulyTensionsRise #StressfulTimesAhead #RapidSequencingEvents #OfficialDisclosureUpdates #RiotingScenarios #UnusualSummerForecast #FoodRiots #PoliticalCorruption #UFOs #Elites #HistoricalMarker #WinterOf23-24 #KhazarianMafia #SilverAndGold #Normies #ClimateChange #StockMarketCrash #DirectActionAgainstElites #GlobalistBreakdown #HarshWinter #SystemCollapse #ResistanceAgainstElites #BetterWorldAhead #FinancialCrash #WakeUpCall #ChaosAndSurvival #PowerShift

Episode

Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

It's the 17th. Hang on a second. Close windows here. It's going on eleven. Got out of our got out of my chores here fairly quick.

It was reason easy running into a lot of shortages, of course, like everybody, but it's the nature of our planet and our world at the moment. Anyway, I've been doing some over the weekend, as hot as hell. We've had a brief burst of global warming and it got up to like, want to say, 90 1 ATM out in the sun on the beach. It was so hot that people were like, burning their feet if they walked barefoot on the sand. That just doesn't really happen here sometimes, maybe July and August, but in the end of June we get the current change and that alters our wind patterns and so it has a tendency to be cooler after that.

So we have a warm summer, but not blazingly hot. What really got to us over the weekend here with our little hot spell was lack of wind. And so the heat built up. Anyway, though, so ran some data, ran my routine, what I've got left of it.

It's an interesting process, okay, because I find out more about the state of the language each time. It doesn't do me a lot of good at the moment because there's just so much censorship. So even if it were allowed to say even if you were allowed to say these words on like YouTube or on Twitter and stuff, there's still a level of hesitation at a personal level as people self censor having gone through this experience. And so it blew the core basic premise of my work, which was the ability to get prescient language by virtue of unfettered leaks, so to speak. Right.

Your word choice.

And no, guys, I can't use Chat GPT to replicate my system because chat works off of a word popularity, so the more popular a word, the higher its ranking in the chat system, and I simply can't overcome that. And my system didn't depend on, nor did it use any form of most numerous count on a word for it to come into focus. Right. It was an entirely different system and mine, admittedly, didn't break us down, didn't break down as much as chat TPT and did not give the level of continuous erroneous answers. In any event, though, so I have been running some of the data, running some of the routines, getting what data I can.

I'm just so hesitant about any of it because there's so much censorship and I have not gone to the trouble because it'd be a huge amount of work to try and figure out ways to even get a qualifier as to how censored the language is. Right? So I can't even have a qualifier now to tell me that, oh, well, the results on this are going to be a six out of ten in terms of potential value. I just don't have the ability to do any of that because of the nature of censorship and its impact on the human mind and stuff. So I'm pretty much out of business that way.

I can still pick up such values as emotional intensity building and release tensions. I can still get a number of the other qualifiers for language, which allows me to form some sets and to make some projections, some forecasts on those sets, they've been reasonably accurate this last year and a half that I've been doing this, but I'm not really extending it out and making any big forecasts. I'm just following the emotional trend lines and saying, oh, by this point it looks like we'll have reached this peak and it'll start to fail. Okay? And those have been fairly accurate.

Sometimes I get enough language to say, oh, it's going to be focused on this, that or the other thing, but usually not much more than that. I can't really drill down.

So, very frustrating for me. Not that I want to get involved in that level of work again, it's hugely demanding and I'd end up working 60 and 70 hours weeks to get the reports out. In any event, though. So I ran through the routines and it's confirming that we've got a near term emotional intensity peak in June. It's confirming that the primary source of this is going to be economic, going to be fiscal financial, but that the secondary source, the political corruption is going to be so close to the economic in terms of a driving impetus.

It's pretty much a toss up as to which one is going to be more visible in the general sense of things over this next month or so. Right, but the near term peak will hit us before the 12 June. It'll be an emotional peak. In fact, as an emotional peak, it's going to be overwhelmed in time by another emotional peak. But the events that will build and provide us with that secondary emotional peak will be present and visible to us in June as we are in the first emotional peak.

So we'll get to a near term emotional peak that will be focused on economics slightly ahead of political corruption, and then it'll drop down. We'll go to a plateau level and it will persist at that plateau level or rise from then on. And there's no data to suggest that it's going to fall below that plateau level for at least six months, but that we will have other peaks within that six month period that will relate to differing events and things going on. And so we have a peak before emotional peak before June 12, and then we have another minor rise off of that level by the end of June. So by the last week in June, and then on the first week in July, we have a very rapid, sharp spike of emotional peak all around politics.

This is coincidental with the fourth, fifth and 6 June or of July. So we'll have a very emotional July 4 and it's going to take two or three days for that emotional all stuff to fade off a bit. And then as it fades off, we'll still be at or higher than the peak level of emotion in June, which is going to be very high. Okay, we're going to go a lot more elevated in emotional attachment to things fiscal, economic and so forth between now and the 12 June like in terms of relative value. So however stressed out you are now, however much agitation and dynamic worry and so forth you're feeling now, and that you're witnessing now in friends, relatives, neighbors, that kind of thing, you can expect that to pretty much double.

So we're actually going to really go up about 80% at a minimum off of where we are now in terms of the emotional peaks. So people are going to just get extremely stressed. I suspect we'll get a lot of Karen episodes. I suspect that we'll get a lot of histrionics. I also suspect that it's going to be because of the way in which the language is presenting the emotional, the building emotional tension values.

I suspect that these will be driven by a series of very, very rapid sequencing events that will cover a number of days and to the point where we get this emotional overload, this emotional peak level where you just can't take anymore. You just oh, my God. You don't give me any more news. I just can't deal with it, that kind of thing, right? And that this will come before the 12 June and then we'll sort of hover at that level, as I say.

And then we'll go through get to the last week in June. So we'll go through those two midweeks, get to the last week in June and build to another tension and then that will SAG a bit and then we'll pick up again in July. The one in July is more focused on politics, but there of course still is the underlying fiscal and the fiscal financial and the corruption stuff. It's so we won't be losing those, we'll just be temporarily jumping up off of that level with this other concern. Then we'll fade back down to the same level of grumbling and so on.

So it's going to be a very unusual summer. I suspect that this is the summer in which we'll get a much higher level of official disclosure and that that will come coincident with rioting that will be effective of Maryland and Delaware in the original data sets way back when. I interpret it as food rioting, although I don't know that the riots now will be over the matter of food. They may well be by the time we get to August. We may have such huge food shortages here and the breakdown of the EBT cards not being available and basically everything shutting up and so on.

We may well get food riots. That is people writing just about food, right? But it may be that they're writing about political stuff, about corruption or whatever. And it is coincident with a time of food shortages that would not have been able to have been anticipated back in 2000, 2002, and so on. Right.

So we don't know that those associations are causal. We just know that they're associative that there will be some aspect of food shortages at the time that we have these riots in Maryland, Delaware area, and that also at that period of time, officialdom will decide that, oh, okay, now is the time we're going to release a bunch of this UFO shit. They will be doing it for their own reasons, okay? They're not doing it because of any actions or demands or whatever on your part, on the part of the public. They will be doing this because it will suit the elite elites to do so.

The data sets back since 1997 had always had the alien issue, the UFO issue, the advanced technology, and the ancient civilization issue. These are all wrapped up in the same set of linguistics had always had. These coincident with the breakdown of the globalist system at an extremely visible level. So it's almost as though, however long it lasts, so it might take us a month to get through all of the UFO shit within the media and within the social media and so on, before it starts to fade off out of our attention, right? However long that takes, it will be a very good temporal marker for historians relative to the shift from elites in control and gradually losing control, to a period of time where the elites are hanging on by their nails and their teeth and everybody recognizes that they're illegitimate and more and more of the planet's population turns to fight them.

Okay, so it's really the death knell period of the Khazari and Mafia, right? Because they're going to be so visible, so exposed, and bear in mind that as the central banks die, they lose power, like seriously lose power at some point. They can't afford to pay their private armies unless they start ponying up silver and gold. And these people are just very reluctant to do that. Also, so many of these people have large stashes of silver and gold and that are guarded by individuals that are being paid.

But we will see at some point. I don't know that it'll come today or this year. And I also don't know how long it will take for us to find out about this. But the data sets had had some of these basically secret repositories of gold and silver where the guards would just say, okay, this is ours today. Let's open up the doors and take it all, and let's just not tell the people we work for.

They'll figure it out sooner or later. And that's what we're going to get. I think maybe that'll happen next year or we'll find out about it happening next year and maybe it happens this winter. This winter is going to be brutal on so many fronts that it will be a talisman for American history. We'll say, oh yeah, everybody knows about the winter of 23 24, right, that kind of thing.

Or everybody knows about January of 2024. And it will be because of the events and our reaction to them that it will be a major milestone, a historical marker that won't ever be able to be ignored. It will be in history books fucking forever. And it's all because of what we're going to be doing over this winter and what we're going to have to endure there anyway the rest of this year. We've got the peaks in early July and then we've got all of July is just up and down, up and down, up and down, striving to break that peak of emotionality that is reached in 4th, fifth and 6th.

And so the rest of July is choppy, emotionally choppy, but it does not let up. And then we get into August. There's a first week in August is going to have a trail down of some kind of events at the end of July and then there's going to be like two weeks in August where chaos and degradation and everything is erupting and continuing but the emotional tension values are holding steady. Okay, so is it because we become hardened inured to these that we don't have the same level of emotional impact that we're just sort of like burnt out? That very well could be.

All right, so that very well could be especially relative to the normies because they've got a lot of stuff to absorb between now and August, right? They're going to get hit with all kinds of stuff in June and July that they're going to have to face the evil banking system they've lived under all their lives. They're going to have to face all of the people that were killed by that banking system, the directors of it being evil fuckers. We're going to be very clear about who the enemy is in our world here, the enemies of humanity. All of this kind of stuff is going to come out over June and July and the first part of August.

And so that's a lot for the normies to take on since they don't know squat, they're barely up to speed on, oh, it was a lab developed and not some porcupine hippopotamus dog.

So it's going to take them a while to grasp this, but they will be seeing a lot of the more early awakers getting into the emotionality of the whole thing, right? So the early awakers are going to have to go, which by early I mean they're still normies and they're doing it this year. But what I'm saying is that the people that are awake among the normies will hit into the anger phase. And so they will just be very angry all the time about all the shit that's been done to them and also in their name, to others in their name. And it's going to get very interesting as they start reacting because the rest of the normies won't have hit the anger stage.

They'll still be in the bewilderment stage. My world has crumbled and I don't know what to anchor it to. My Naradigm is gone. And so going to be quite the interesting August and September as we get through into that period. And then from September on, everything really goes to hell now as we enter into that fall and winter.

And it's going to be a brutal winter weather wise. Cold ice age conditions, cold like we wouldn't believe, wind storms, et cetera, et cetera. None of which is global is man made global warming in any way, shape, or form, or climate change, right? This is all being driven by the tectonic plate activity that's going on on the planet. Now.

In any event, so we get up into September and we've got okay, so actually we move into August and our disclosure release information stuff is pegged for sometime in August, probably closer to the end, maybe in early September. In any event, though, as I say, it will be driven by the needs for the elites to try and create distraction to try and retain or seize some level of control somewhere. So we may have the Federal Reserve being actively threatened in the mainstream media by the time we get into September, and they'll threaten by saying audit, audit, the Fed audit, audit, audit. And the more that you start hearing the word audit, the more you can be sure that the bankers are freaking out, like seriously freaking out, because audit leads to their arrest, incarceration, and execution for the majority of them. And they know this, they are stupid, but they at least grasp that.

And so they're going to be freaking out about all this talk about the audit of the Federal Reserve. Now, that will be coming up because of the crash that's going to happen in this summer. And I'm not saying maybe the stock market will be 55,000 by then, okay, who knows? The stock market is totally immaterial because they're just going to keep shoveling in worthless dollars in order to inflate those numbers that you may think that those numbers are going up and therefore the trend line is favorable to your life. It may be the thing totally crashes and they lose the control and we drop down to 18,000 on our way to 2000, right?

For the Dow, it's going to be that level of brutal of a real crash when that real crash occurs, because it will be the dollar that will be disappearing. And so we'll have to totally revalue every fucking thing. And we're coming up into that period. The power elites, the Kazarian mafia, they will not survive the reconciliation of our economics. Their system is over.

They've tried to shovel us into the great reset. They're still trying. It has failed. It is failing more every day. And that failure is going to produce a snapback effect against them on everything that they've tried to push in.

So all of their stooges, all of their minions are going to get the shit kicked out of them. So you'll see people that will quite happily run over stupid fuckers gluing themselves to the road for climate. Okay, that's a dead issue. From now on, nobody's going to buy this climate shit. There's going to be pushback against these diluted minions to the point where they will be beaten in the streets.

So we had data which made no sense at all. It was about 2008. It was within a set that was talking about our climate problems. Now, most of the language about the climate problems, of course, is engineered so we don't have the climate problems that were suggested by the data sets back when, because the data sets back when, just like with all language models, didn't know if it was valid or not. It was just reporting.

My system was just reporting on the appearance of these words. Didn't know if that was valid or not or being engineered by the mother Wefers. So all of the climate language that was polluting our system way the fuck back in 97 through 2015, all rose from the Wefts engineering their great reset via climate change, right, by global warming and then climate change. And so the language about it came back when we made interpretations on that, assuming that it was valid, but it was not. And so all of this stuff's going to come out.

The mother Wefers as I say, their minions will be getting beat up. People will do things like assault the World Economic Forum participants, and they will assault the organization. It will become hacked and cracked, and people will do things like male suspicious powders to it. All different kinds of things are going to show up relative to the enemy as they are being self identified. Now, we have real issues that arise from this that are going to extend for a number of years because people will be so angry.

We have not yet seen that anger. We will begin to see some of the intensity of the anger rise by October, November, and December of this year, to the point that there are mainstream media warnings about I don't know how they'll be phrased. I don't know if they'll phrase them for mega people or general population or what, but there will actually be warnings being published in what's left of the mainstream media this fall about potentials for direct action against elites.

So they'll kind of like say, oh, don't go to this area. There's going to be riots against the WEF. That kind of thing, right? So you won't want to go to that area of Switzerland or wherever. These are the kind of things that we have ahead in our future.

It's going to be, as I say, a very interesting year. We haven't had one of these in a great deal of time, probably since 1904. Anyway, our response to all of this will power us into winter of this year and into the into next year.

So it will be our response, not so much the events, but our response to the events that are going to change in how we do things and how the language is coming through. And that change appears in June, starts showing up in June. This is very key because the power elite have their stock market crash and their ending of our financial system set up for this fall. Okay, so for September 11, and we won't make it that far. And so this actually is a very good thing, in my opinion, that we'll have this crash outside of their ability to control any of the particulars of it.

So we're basically taking away control of our destiny from these fuckers. And as I say, it's going to be really a much better world for all of us, even though we've got to go through all this chaos and stuff and survive it. All right?

Okay, so I'm here. I got to do some chores now, and I'll make another one of these on a specific subject here. In a couple of days, there's going to be a few things that are going to be popping. Anyway, we are got to do stuff. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.